-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
A77SYlvTNrUrSoE5bz9AxexLXk7YJIjPPIUnt4RNm4gVcsiDd2wGUWmW4PoUX3b/
sUDy1O+2inJ2cqOFpYHWcQ==
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING UPCOMING FUND LIQUIDATION On January 31, 2008, the Board of Trustees of ING Variable Products Trust approved a proposal to liquidate the ING P.O. Box 9271 See also the Transfers Among Your Investments section on page 44 of your Contract Prospectus for further April 28, 2008 The Contract. The contract described in this prospectus is a group and individual deferred variable annuity contract The above funds are purchased and held by corresponding divisions of our Separate Account B. We refer to the PRO.70600-08 The following terms as used in this prospectus have the same or substituted meanings as the corresponding terms The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering Contract Owner Transaction Expenses1 *For amounts transferred or rolled over into this contract as an internal transfer, see Charges Deducted From The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Annual Contract Administrative Charge3 Administrative Charge .................................................................................................. $30 Separate Account Annual Charges4 The following charges apply to contracts established prior to August 7, 2003, and contracts issued in Oregon:
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
and its Separate Account B
ING Rollover ChoiceSM Variable Annuity Contracts
Supplement dated April 28, 2008 to the Contract Prospectus dated April 28, 2008
The following information updates and amends certain information contained in your variable annuity Contract
Prospectus. Please read it carefully and keep it with your current Contract Prospectus for future reference.
VP Financial Services Portfolio.
The proposed liquidation is subject to shareholder approval. If shareholder approval is obtained, it is expected that the
liquidation will take place on or about September 5, 2008 (the Closing Date).
Voluntary Transfers Before the Effective Date of the Liquidation. Anytime prior to the Closing Date you may
transfer amounts that you have allocated to the subaccount that invests in the ING VP Financial Services Portfolio to
any of the other available investment options. There will be no charge for any such transfer, and any such transfer will
not count as a transfer when imposing any applicable restriction or limit on transfers.
You may give us alternative allocation instructions at any time by contacting our Customer Service Center at:
Des Moines, Iowa 50306-9271
1-800-366-0066
information about making allocation changes. More information about the funds available through your contract,
including information about the risks associated with investing in these funds, can be found in the current prospectus
for that fund. You may obtain these documents by contacting us at our Customer Service Center noted above.
Automatic Reallocation Upon Liquidation. After the Closing Date and our receipt of the proceeds from the
liquidation of the ING VP Financial Services Portfolio, amounts that were allocated to the subaccount that invested in
this portfolio will be automatically reallocated to the subaccount that invests in the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio. There
will be no charge for this automatic reallocation, and this automatic reallocation will not count as a transfer when
imposing any applicable restriction or limit on transfers. Furthermore, you will not incur any tax liability because of
this automatic reallocation, and your contract value immediately before the reallocation will equal your
contract value immediately after the reallocation.
Future Allocations. After the Closing Date, the subaccount that invested in the ING VP Financial Services Portfolio
will no longer be available through your Contract Prospectus. Any future allocations directed to a subaccount that
invested in this portfolio will be automatically allocated to the subaccount that invests in the ING Liquid Assets
Portfolio.
Information about the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio. Summary information about the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio
can be found in Appendix BThe Funds in your Contract Prospectus, and in the fund fact sheet for that fund. More
detailed information can be found in the current prospectus for that fund. You may obtain these documents by
contacting our Customer Service Center as noted above.
There will be no further disclosure regarding the ING VP Financial Services Portfolio in future Contract Prospectuses.
X.70600-08
April 2008
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
Separate Account B of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
Deferred Combination Variable and Fixed Annuity Prospectus
RETIREMENT SOLUTIONS - ING ROLLOVER CHOICESM
(the contract) offered by ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (the Company, we or our) through
our Separate Account B (the separate account). The contract is currently available in connection with certain
retirement plans that qualify for special federal income tax treatment (qualified contracts) as well as those that do
not qualify for such treatment (nonqualified contracts). The contract may be purchased with funds from external
sources or by a transfer or rollover from an existing contract (the prior contract) issued by us or one of our affiliates
(internal transfer). A qualified contract may be issued as a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA) under
section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the Tax Code) or a Roth IRA under section 408A
of the Tax Code. The contract is not currently available as a Simplified Employer Pension (SEP) plan under Tax
Code section 408(k) or as a Simple IRA under Tax Code section 408(p). Prior to April 29, 2005, the contract was not
available as a nonqualified contract and could not be purchased with funds from external sources. Prior to September
17, 2007, the contract was available as a tax deferred annuity under Tax Code section 403(b).
The contract provides a means for you to allocate your premium payments in one or more subaccounts, each of which
invests in one of the mutual funds (funds) listed on the next page. You may also allocate premium payments to our
Fixed Account with guaranteed interest periods. Your contract value will vary daily to reflect the investment
performance of the subaccount(s) you select and any interest credited to your allocations in the Fixed Account. Some
guaranteed interest periods or subaccounts may not be available in all states. The funds available under the contract
are listed on the back of this cover.
You have a right to return a contract within 10 days after you receive it for a refund of the adjusted contract value
(which may be more or less than the premium payments you paid). For IRAs, or if otherwise required by your state,
we will refund the original amount of your premium payment. Longer free look periods apply in some states and in
certain situations.
Replacing an existing annuity with the contract may not be beneficial to you. Your existing annuity may be
subject to fees or penalties on surrender, and the contract may have new charges.
Compensation. We pay compensation to broker-dealers whose registered representatives sell the contracts. See
Contract Distribution for further information about the amount of compensation we pay.
This prospectus provides information that you should know before investing and should be kept for future reference.
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated April 28, 2008 has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC), as well as a registration statement for the Fixed Account II, also dated April 28, 2008. They
are available without charge upon request. To obtain a copy of these documents, write to our Customer Service
Center at P.O. Box 9271, Des Moines, Iowa 50306-9271 or call 1-800-366-0066, or access the SECs website
(http://www.sec.gov). When looking for information regarding the contracts offered through this prospectus, you may
find it useful to use the number assigned to the registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933. This number
is 333-70600. The number assigned to the registration statement for the Fixed Account II is 333-133156. The table
of contents of the SAI is on the last page of this prospectus and the SAI is made part of this prospectus by reference.
Additional Disclosure Information. Neither the SEC, nor any state securities commission, has approved or
disapproved the securities offered through this prospectus or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. We do not intend for this prospectus to be an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any state that does not permit their sale. We have not authorized
anyone to provide you with information that is different than that contained in this prospectus.
Allocations to a subaccount investing in a fund are not bank deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by
any bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
PRO.70600-08
The funds available under your contract are*:
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio (Service Class 2)
Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Portfolio (Service Class 2)
Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund (Class 2)
ING American Century Large Company Value Portfolio
(S Class)
ING American Century Small-Mid Cap Value Portfolio
(S Class)
ING American Funds Bond Portfolio(1)
ING American Funds Growth Portfolio(1)
ING American Funds Growth-Income Portfolio(1)
ING American Funds International Portfolio(1)
ING Baron Small Cap Growth Portfolio (S Class)
ING BlackRock Global Science and Technology Portfolio
(Class I)(2)
ING BlackRock Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class S)(3)
ING Davis New York Venture Portfolio (S Class)(2)
ING Evergreen Omega Portfolio (Class S)
ING Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Portfolio (Class S)
ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio(4)
ING Global Real Estate Portfolio (Class S)
ING JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio (Class S)
ING JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Portfolio (S Class)
ING Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Portfolio
(S Class)
ING Legg Mason Value Portfolio (Class S)
ING Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index® Portfolio
(Class S)
ING Liquid Assets Portfolio (Class S)
ING Marsico International Opportunities Portfolio (Class S)
ING MFS Total Return Portfolio (Class S)
ING MFS Utilities Portfolio (Class S)
ING OpCap Balanced Value Portfolio (S Class)
ING Oppenheimer Global Portfolio (S Class)(5)
ING Oppenheimer Strategic Income Portfolio (S Class)
ING Opportunistic Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class S)(2)
ING Opportunistic Large Cap Value Portfolio (Class S)(2)
ING PIMCO Core Bond Portfolio (Class S)
ING PIMCO High Yield Portfolio (Class S)
ING PIMCO Total Return Portfolio (S Class) ING Pioneer Fund Portfolio (Class S)
ING Pioneer Mid Cap Value Portfolio (Class S)
ING Solution Income Portfolio (S Class)(6)
ING Solution 2015 Portfolio (S Class)(6)
ING Solution 2025 Portfolio (S Class)(6)
ING Solution 2035 Portfolio (S Class)(6)
ING Solution 2045 Portfolio (S Class)(6)
ING T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Portfolio (Class S)
ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
(S Class)
ING T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio (Class S)
ING T. Rowe Price Growth Equity Portfolio (S Class)
ING Templeton Foreign Equity Portfolio (S Class)
ING Thornburg Value Portfolio (S Class)
ING UBS U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio (S Class)
ING Van Kampen Capital Growth Portfolio (Class S)
ING Van Kampen Comstock Portfolio (S Class)
ING Van Kampen Equity and Income Portfolio (S Class)(5)
ING VP Balanced Portfolio, Inc. (Class S)
ING VP Financial Services Portfolio (Class S)(7)
ING VP Growth and Income Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Index Plus International Equity Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Index Plus LargeCap Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Index Plus MidCap Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Index Plus SmallCap Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Intermediate Bond Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP International Value Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP MidCap Opportunities Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Real Estate Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Small Company Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP SmallCap Opportunities Portfolio (Class S)
ING VP Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolio (Class S)(6)
ING VP Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolio (Class S)(6)
ING VP Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolio (Class S)(6)
ING WisdomTreeSM Global High-Yielding Equity Index
Portfolio (Class S)(8)
Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund®/VA
(Service Shares)
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio (Administrative Class)
Pioneer Equity Income VCT Portfolio (Class II)
*
The ING Diversified International Fund (Class R) was closed to new investments on April 26, 2007. There is no further information about
this fund in this prospectus.
(1)
These portfolios are Master-Feeder funds. See The Funds for additional information.
(2)
This fund has changed its name to the name listed above. See Appendix BThe Funds for a complete list of former and current fund names.
(3)
Class I shares of this fund are available only to those investors who were invested in the Initial Class shares of the ING American Century
Select Portfolio as of April 29, 2005. On April 27, 2007, the ING American Century Select Portfolio merged into the ING BlackRock Large
Cap Growth Portfolio.
(4)
The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio is not currently available for investment.
(5)
As of April 29, 2005, Initial Class shares of this fund were closed for further investment.
(6)
These portfolios are structured as fund of funds that invest directly in shares of underlying funds. See The Funds for additional
information.
(7)
As of April 28, 2008, this fund was closed to new investments. This fund is scheduled to be liquidated into the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio
(Class S) on or about September 5, 2008.
(8)
WisdomTreeSM is a service mark of WisdomTree Investments.
divisions as subaccounts and the money you place in the Fixed Accounts guaranteed interest periods as Fixed
Interest Allocations in this prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Page
Statement of Additional Information
Index of Special Terms.......................................................
ii
Table of Contents.......................................................
72
Fees and Expenses.............................................................
1
Appendix A
Condensed Financial Information...........................
CFI 1
Condensed Financial Information..................................
5
Appendix B
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company.........
6
The Funds.......................................................
B1
ING USA Separate Account B.......................................
7
Appendix C
Fixed Account II.......................................................
C1
The Funds.......................................................
8
Appendix D
Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds.....
9
Fixed Interest Division...........................................
D1
Charges and Fees................................................................
10
Appendix E
Surrender Charge for Excess Withdrawals
The Annuity Contract...........................................................
16
Example.......................................................
E1
Optional Riders.................................................................
22
Appendix F
Pro-Rata Withdrawal Adjustment for 5% Roll-up Death
Withdrawals......................................................................
41
Benefit Examples......................................................
F1
Transfers Among Your Investments...............................
44
Appendix G
Special Funds 5% Roll-up Death Benefit Examples.........
G1
Death Benefit Choices.....................................................
49
Appendix H
The Income Phase.......................................................
54
Examples of Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit
Calculation.......................................................
H1
Other Contract Provisions.............................................
58
Appendix I
Contract Distribution....................................................
59
ING LifePay Plus and ING Joint LifePay Plus Partial
Withdrawal Amount Examples...........................................
I1
Other Information.......................................................
61
Appendix J
Federal Tax Considerations.......................................
62
Examples of Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic
Rebalancing.......................................................
JI
Appendix K
ING LifePay Plus and ING Joint LifePay Plus
Riders.......................................................
KI
Appendix L
ING LifePay and ING Joint LifePay Riders......................
L1
PRO.70600-08
i
INDEX OF SPECIAL TERMS &nbs
p;
The following special terms are used throughout this prospectus. Refer to the page(s) listed for an explanation of
each term:
Special Term Page
Accumulation Unit
5
Annual Ratchet 52
Annuitant
16
Income Phase Start Date 16
Cash Surrender Value
20
Contract Date 16
Contract Owner
16
Contract Value 20
Contract Year
16
Covered Fund 9
Excluded Fund
9
Free Withdrawal Amount 11
ING LifePay Plus Base
27
Net Investment Factor 5
Net Rate of Return
5
Quarterly Ratchet 28
Restricted Funds
9
5% Roll-up 51
Special Funds
9
Standard Death Benefit 50
currently used in the contract:
Term Used in This Prospectus Corresponding Term Used in the Contract
Accumulation Unit Value
Index of Investment Experience
Income Phase Start Date Annuity Commencement Date
Contract Owner
Owner or Certificate Owner
Contract Value Accumulation Value
Transfer Charge
Excess Allocation Charge
Fixed Interest Allocation Fixed Allocation
Free Look Period
Right to Examine Period
Guaranteed Interest Period Guarantee Period
Subaccount(s)
Division(s)
Net Investment Factor Experience Factor
Regular Withdrawals
Conventional Partial Withdrawals
Withdrawals Partial Withdrawals
ING LifePay Base
MGWB Base
MGIB Benefit Base MGIB Charge Base
PRO.70600-08
ii
FEES AND EXPENSES &nb
sp;
the contract. The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the
contract, surrender the contract, or transfer contract value between investment options. State premium taxes
which currently range from 0% to 4% of premium payments may also be deducted.
Surrender Charge
Complete Years Elapsed
Since Premium Payment*
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of
premium payment withdrawn)
0
6%
1
6%
2
5%
3
4%
4
3%
5
2%
6
1%
7+
0%
Contract Value - Surrender Charge.
Transfer Charge2.................................................................................... $25
(per transfer, if you make more than 12 transfers in a contract year)
1 If you are invested in a Fixed Interest Allocation, a Market Value Adjustment may apply to certain transactions.
This may increase or decrease your contract value and/or your transfer or surrender amount.
2 We currently do not impose this charge, but may do so in the future.
contract, not including fund fees and expenses.
(We waive this charge if the total of your premium payment is $50,000 or more or if your contract value at
the end of a contract year is $50,000 or more.)
3 We deduct this charge on each contract anniversary and on surrender.
Option
Package IOption
Package IIOption
Package III
Mortality & Expense Risk Charge
Asset-Based Administrative Charge
Total0.60%
0.15%
0.75%0.80%
0.15%
0.95%0.95%
0.15%
1.10%
GET Fund series Guarantee Charge5
Total With GET Fund series Guarantee Charge 0.50%
1.25%0.50%
1.45%0.50%
1.60%
4
As a percentage of average daily assets in each subaccount. The Separate Account Annual Charges are deducted daily.
5
The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio Guarantee Charge is deducted daily during the guarantee period from amounts
allocated to the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio investment option. Please see The FundsING GET U.S. Core
Portfolio for a description of the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio guarantee. The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio is not
currently available for investment under the contract.
PRO.70600-08 1
The following charges apply to contracts established on or after August 7, 2003 (or upon state approval, if later):
|
Option Package I |
Option Package II |
Option Package III |
Mortality & Expense Risk Charge Asset-Based Administrative Charge Total |
0.85% 0.15% 1.00% |
1.05% 0.15% 1.20% |
1.20% 0.15% 1.35% |
GET Fund series Guarantee Charge6 Total With GET Fund series Guarantee Charge |
0.50% 1.50% |
0.50% 1.70% |
0.50% 1.85% |
6 | The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio Guarantee Charge is deducted daily during the guarantee period from amounts allocated to the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio investment option. Please see The FundsING GET U.S. Core Portfolio for a description of the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio guarantee. The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio is not currently available for investment under the contract. |
Optional Rider Charges1
Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit rider:
|
As an Annual Charge (Charge Deducted Quarterly) | |
0.60% of the MGIB Benefit Base2 |
ING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit rider3:
As an Annual Charge - Currently (Charge Deducted Quarterly) |
Maximum Annual Charge | ||
0.55% of the ING LifePay Plus Base | 1.30% of the ING LifePay Plus Base |
ING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit rider4:
|
As an Annual ChargeCurrently (Charge Deducted Quarterly) |
Maximum Annual Charge | |
0.80% of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base | 1.50% of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base |
1 | Optional rider charges are expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest hundredth of one percent. The basis for an optional rider charge is sometimes a benefit base or contract value, as applicable. Optional rider charges are deducted from the contract value in your subaccount allocations (and/or your Fixed Interest Allocations if there is insufficient contract value in the subaccounts). These tables contain the charges for the current versions of these riders. For information about previous versions of these riders, including charges, see Appendix K and Appendix L |
2 | For more information about how the MGIB Benefit Base is determined, please see Optional RidersMinimum Guaranteed Income Benefit (MGIB) RiderDetermining the MGIB Benefit Base. |
3 | The ING LifePay Plus Base is calculated based on premium if this rider is elected at contract issue. The ING LifePay Plus Base is calculated based on contract value if this rider is added after contract issue. The charge for this rider can increase upon a Quarterly Ratchet once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, subject to the maximum charge. We promise not to increase the charge for your first five rider years. For more information about the ING LifePay Plus Base and Quarterly Ratchet, please see Charges and FeesOptional Rider ChargesING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING LifePay Plus) Rider Charge and Optional RidersING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING LifePay Plus) RiderQuarterly Ratchet. |
4 | The ING LifePay Plus Base is calculated based on premium if this rider is elected at contract issue. The ING LifePay Plus Base is calculated based on contract value if this rider is added after contract issue. The charge for this rider can increase upon a Quarterly Ratchet once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, subject to the maximum charge. We promise not to increase the charge for your first five rider years. For more information about the ING LifePay Plus Base and Quarterly Ratchet, please see Charges and FeesOptional Rider ChargesING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING Joint LifePay Plus) Rider Charge and Optional RidersING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING Joint LifePay Plus) Rider Quarterly Ratchet. |
PRO.70600-08 2
The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by a fund that you may pay
periodically during the time that you own the contract. More detail concerning each funds fees and expenses
is contained in the prospectus for each fund.
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses | Minimum | Maximum | ||
|
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses): |
0.53% |
1.52% | |
Examples:
These Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in
other variable annuity contracts. These costs include contract owner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate
account annual expenses, and fund fees and expenses.
Premium taxes (which currently range from 0% to 4% of premium payments) may apply, but are not reflected in the
examples below.
A. This example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The example also
assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
funds. Specifically, the example assumes election of Option Package III for contracts established on or after August
7, 2003. The example reflects the deduction of a mortality and expense risk charge, an asset-based administrative
charge, and the annual contract administrative charge as an annual charge of 0.048% of assets. The example also
assumes you elected the Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit rider with an assumed annual charge of 0.60% of the
MGIB Benefit Base, and the rider charge is assessed each quarter on a base equal to the hypothetical $10,000
premium increasing at 5% per year. If you elect different options, your expenses may be lower. If some or all of the
amounts held under the contract are transfer amounts or otherwise not subject to surrender charge, the actual
surrender charge will be lower than that represented in the example. Surrender charges may apply if you choose to
begin receiving income phase payments within the first contract year and, under certain circumstances, within the first
7 contract years.
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period: | |||||
1 year $966 |
3 years $1,677 |
5 years $2,402 |
10 years $4,998 | ||
2) If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period: | |||||
1 year $966 |
3 years $1,677 |
5 years $2,402 |
10 years $4,998 | ||
3) If you do not surrender your contract: | |||||
1 year $366 |
3 years $1,177 |
5 years $2,102 |
10 years $4,998 | ||
B. This example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The example also
assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
funds. Specifically, the example assumes election of Option Package III for contracts established on or after
August 7, 2003. The example reflects the deduction of a mortality and expense risk charge, an asset-based
administrative charge, and the annual contract administrative charge as an annual charge of 0.048% of assets. The
example also assumes the election of the ING LifePay Plus rider, and reflects the maximum ING LifePay Plus rider
charge of 1.30% of the ING LifePay Plus Base. If you elect different options, your expenses may be lower. If some
or all of the amounts held under the contract are transfer amounts or otherwise not subject to surrender charge, the
actual surrender charge will be lower than that represented in the example. Surrender charges may apply if you
choose to begin receiving income phase payments within the first contract year and, under certain circumstances,
within the first 7 contract years.
PRO.70600-08 3
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
$1,036 3 years
$1,8835 years
$2,73910 years
$5,630
2) If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
$1,036 3 years
$1,8835 years
$2,73910 years
$5,630
3) If you do not surrender your contract:
1 year
$436 3 years
$1,3835 years
$2,43910 years
$5,630
C. This example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The example also
assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the
funds. Specifically, the example assumes election of Option Package III for contracts established on or after
August 7, 2003. The example reflects the deduction of a mortality and expense risk charge, an asset-based
administrative charge, and the annual contract administrative charge as an annual charge of 0.048% of assets. The
example also assumes the election of the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, and reflects the maximum ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider charge of 1.50% of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. If you elect different options, your expenses may be
lower. If some or all of the amounts held under the contract are transfer amounts or otherwise not subject to surrender
charge, the actual surrender charge will be lower than that represented in the example. Surrender charges may apply
if you choose to begin receiving income phase payments within the first contract year and, under certain
circumstances, within the first 7 contract years.
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
$1,052 3 years
$1,931 5 years
$2,81910 years
$5,795
2) If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
$1,052 3 years
$1,931 5 years
$2,81910 years
$5,795
3) If you do not surrender your contract:
1 year
$4523 years
$1,431 5 years
$2,51910 years
$5,795
Compensation is paid for the sale of the contracts. For information about this compensation, see Contract
DistributionSelling the Contract.
Fees Deducted by the Funds
Using This Information. The fund prospectuses show the investment advisory fees, 12b-1 fees and other expenses
including service fees (if applicable) charged annually by each fund. See the Charges and Fees section of this
prospectus, and the fund prospectuses, for further information. Fund fees are one factor that impacts the value of a
fund share. To learn about additional factors, refer to the fund prospectuses.
The Company may receive compensation from each of the funds or the funds affiliates based on an annual
percentage of the average net assets held in that fund by the Company. The percentage paid may vary from one fund
company to another. For certain funds, some of this compensation may be paid out of 12b-1 fees or service fees that
are deducted from fund assets. Any such fees deducted from fund assets are disclosed in the fund prospectuses. The
Company may also receive additional compensation from certain funds for administrative, recordkeeping or other
services provided by the Company to the funds or the funds affiliates. These additional payments may also be used
by the Company to finance distribution. These additional payments are made by the funds or the funds affiliates to
the Company and do not increase, directly or indirectly, the fund fees and expenses. See Charges and FeesFund
Expenses for additional information.
In the case of fund companies affiliated with the Company, where an affiliated investment adviser employs
subadvisers to manage the funds, no direct payments are made to the Company or the affiliated investment adviser by
the subadvisers. Subadvisers may provide reimbursement for employees of the Company or its affiliates to attend
business meetings or training conferences. Investment management fees are apportioned between the affiliated
investment adviser and subadviser. This apportionment varies by subadviser, resulting in varying amounts of revenue
retained by the affiliated investment adviser. This apportionment of the investment advisory fee does not increase,
directly or indirectly, fund fees and expenses. See Charges and FeesFund Expenses for additional information.
How Fees are Deducted. Fees are deducted from the value of the fund shares on a daily basis, which in turn affects
the value of each subaccount that purchases fund shares.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION |
Understanding Condensed Financial Information. In Appendix A, we provide condensed financial information
about Separate Account B subaccounts available under the contracts. The tables show the value of the subaccounts
over the past 10 years. For subaccounts that were not available 10 years ago, we give a history from the date of first
availability or the date purchase payments were first received in the subaccount under the contract.
Financial Statements. The statements of assets and liabilities, the statements of operations, the statements of changes
in net assets and the related notes to financial statements for Separate Account B and the financial statements and the
related notes to financial statements for ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company are included in the
Statement of Additional Information.
Accumulation Unit
We use accumulation units to calculate the value of a contract. Each subaccount of Separate Account B has its own
accumulation unit value. The accumulation units are valued each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is
open for trading. Their values may increase or decrease from day to day according to a Net Investment Factor, which
is primarily based on the investment performance of the applicable fund. Shares in the funds are valued at their net
asset value.
The Net Investment Factor
The Net Investment Factor is an index number which reflects certain charges under the contract and the investment
performance of the subaccount. The Net Investment Factor is calculated for each subaccount as follows:
1) | We take the net asset value of the subaccount at the end of each business day. |
2) | We add to 1) the amount of any dividend or capital gains distribution declared for the subaccount and reinvested in such subaccount. We subtract from that amount a charge for our taxes, if any. |
3) | We divide 2) by the net asset value of the subaccount at the end of the preceding business day. |
4) | We then subtract the applicable daily mortality and expense risk charge, the daily asset-based administrative charge, and any optional rider charges that may be deducted daily from the subaccount and, for the GET Fund subaccount only, the daily GET Fund guarantee charge. |
Calculations for the subaccounts are made on a per share basis.
The Net Rate of Return equals the Net Investment Factor minus one.
Performance Information
From time to time, we may advertise or include in reports to contract owners performance information for the
subaccounts of Separate Account B, including the average annual total return performance, yields and other
nonstandard measures of performance. Such performance data will be computed, or accompanied by performance
data computed, in accordance with standards defined by the SEC.
PRO.70600-08 5
Standard total average annual return performance will include average annual rates of total return for 1, 5 and 10 year
periods, or lesser periods depending on how long Separate Account B has been investing in the fund. We may show
other total returns for periods of less than one year. Total return figures will be based on the actual historic
performance of the subaccounts of Separate Account B, assuming an investment at the beginning of the period when
the separate account first invested in the fund (or when the fund was first made available through the Separate
Account) and withdrawal of the investment at the end of the period, adjusted to reflect the deduction of all applicable
fund and current contract charges. We may also show rates of total return on amounts invested at the beginning of the
period with no withdrawal at the end of the period. Total return figures which assume no withdrawals at the end of the
period will reflect all recurring charges, but will not reflect the surrender charge. In addition, we may present historic
performance data for the funds since their inception reduced by some or all of the fees and charges under the contract.
Such adjusted historic performance includes data that precedes the inception dates of the subaccounts of Separate
Account B. This data is designed to show the performance that would have resulted if the contract had been in
existence before the separate account began investing in the funds.
Performance information reflects only the performance of a hypothetical contract and should be considered in light of
other factors, including the investment objective of the fund and market conditions. Please keep in mind that past
performance is not a guarantee of future results.
ING USA ANNUITY AND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (the Company) is an Iowa stock life insurance company, which
was originally incorporated in Minnesota on January 2, 1973. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lion
Connecticut Holdings Inc. (Lion Connecticut), which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Groep N.V.
(ING), a global financial services holding company based in The Netherlands. The Company is authorized to sell
insurance and annuities in all states, except the state of New York, and the District of Columbia. The Companys
financial statements appear in the Statement of Additional Information.
Lion Connecticut is the holding company for Directed Services LLC, the investment manager of the ING Investors
Trust and ING Partners, Inc., and the distributor of the contracts, and other interests. ING Investments, LLC and ING
Investment Management, Co., portfolio managers of the ING Investors Trust, and the investment managers of the
ING Variable Insurance Trust, ING Variable Products Trust, and ING Variable Product Portfolios, respectively, are
affiliates of the Company.
Our principal office is located at 1475 Dunwoody Drive, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380.
Regulatory Developments - the Company and the Industry. As with many financial services companies, the
Company and its affiliates have received informal and formal requests for information from various state and federal
governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with inquiries and investigations of the
products and practices of the financial services industry. In each case, the Company and its affiliates have been and
are providing full cooperation.
Insurance and Retirement Plan Products and Other Regulatory Matters. Federal and state regulators and self-
regulatory agencies are conducting broad inquiries and investigations involving the insurance and retirement
industries. These initiatives currently focus on, among other things, compensation, revenue sharing, and other sales
incentives; potential conflicts of interest; potential anti-competitive activity; reinsurance; sales and marketing
practices (including sales to seniors); specific product types (including group annuities and indexed annuities); and
disclosure. It is likely that the scope of these industry investigations will further broaden before they conclude. The
Company and certain of its U.S. affiliates have received formal and informal requests in connection with such
investigations, and are cooperating fully with each request for information. Some of these matters could result in
regulatory action involving the Company.
These initiatives also may result in new legislation and regulation that could significantly affect the financial services
industry, including businesses in which the Company is engaged.
In light of these and other developments, U.S. affiliates of ING, including the Company, periodically review whether
modifications to their business practices are appropriate.
Investment Product Regulatory Issues. Since 2002, there has been increased governmental and regulatory activity
relating to mutual funds and variable insurance products. This activity has primarily focused on inappropriate trading
of fund shares; directed brokerage; compensation; sales practices, suitability, and supervision; arrangements with
service providers; pricing; compliance and controls; adequacy of disclosure; and document retention.
In addition to responding to governmental and regulatory requests on fund trading issues, ING management, on its
own initiative, conducted, through special counsel and a national accounting firm, an extensive internal review of
mutual fund trading in ING insurance, retirement, and mutual fund products. The goal of this review was to identify
any instances of inappropriate trading in those products by third parties or by ING investment professionals and other
ING personnel.
The internal review identified several isolated arrangements allowing third parties to engage in frequent trading of
mutual funds within the variable insurance and mutual fund products of certain affiliates of the Company, and
identified other circumstances where frequent trading occurred despite measures taken by ING intended to combat
market timing. Each of the arrangements has been terminated and disclosed to regulators, to the independent trustees
of ING Funds (U.S.) and in Company reports previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Action may be taken by regulators with respect to certain ING affiliates before investigations relating to fund trading
are completed. The potential outcome of such action is difficult to predict but could subject certain affiliates to
adverse consequences, including, but not limited to, settlement payments, penalties, and other financial liability. It is
not currently anticipated, however, that the actual outcome of any such action will have a material adverse effect on
ING or INGs U.S. based operations, including the Company.
ING has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the ING Funds from all damages resulting from wrongful conduct by
ING or its employees or from INGs internal investigation, any investigations conducted by any governmental or self-
regulatory agencies, litigation or other formal proceedings, including any proceedings by the SEC. Management
reported to the ING Funds Board that ING management believes that the total amount of any indemnification
obligations will not be material to ING or INGs U.S. based operations, including the Company.
Product Regulation. Our products are subject to a complex and extensive array of state and federal tax, securities
and insurance laws, and regulations, which are administered and enforced by a number of governmental and self-
regulatory authorities. Specifically, U.S. federal income tax law imposes requirements relating to nonqualified
annuity product design, administration, and investments that are conditions for beneficial tax treatment of such
products under the Tax Code. (See Federal Tax Considerations for further discussion of some of these
requirements.) Failure to administer certain nonqualified contract features (for example, contractual income phase
dates in nonqualified annuities) could affect such beneficial tax treatment. In addition, state and federal securities
and insurance laws impose requirements relating to insurance and annuity product design, offering and distribution,
and administration. Failure to meet any of these complex tax, securities, or insurance requirements could subject the
Company to administrative penalties, unanticipated remediation, or other claims and costs.
ING USA SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
ING USA Separate Account B (Separate Account B) was established as a separate account of the Company on July
14, 1988. It is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as
amended (the 1940 Act). Separate Account B is a separate investment account used for our variable annuity
contracts. We own all the assets in Separate Account B but such assets are kept separate from our other accounts.
Separate Account B is divided into subaccounts. Each subaccount invests exclusively in shares of one fund of a fund.
Each fund has its own distinct investment objectives and policies. Income, gains and losses, realized or unrealized, of
a portfolio are credited to or charged against the corresponding subaccount of Separate Account B without regard to
any other income, gains or losses of the Company. Assets equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with
respect to each are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business of the Company. They may,
however, be subject to liabilities arising from subaccounts whose assets we attribute to other variable annuity
contracts supported by Separate Account B. If the assets in Separate Account B exceed the required reserves and
other liabilities, we may transfer the excess to our general account. We are obligated to pay all benefits and make all
payments provided under the contracts.
PRO.70600-08 7
Note: We currently offer other variable annuity contracts that invest in Separate Account B but are not discussed in
this prospectus. Separate Account B may also invest in other funds which are not available under your contract.
Under certain circumstances, we may make certain changes to the subaccounts. For more information, see The
Annuity ContractAddition, Deletion, or Substitution of Subaccounts and Other Changes.
THE FUNDS
You will find information about the funds currently available under your contract in Appendix BThe Funds.
A prospectus containing more complete information on each fund may be obtained by calling our Customer
Service Center at 1-800-366-0066. You should read the prospectus carefully before investing.
Certain funds may be structured as fund of funds (including the ING Solutions portfolios and the ING VP Strategic
Allocation portfolios) or Master-Feeder funds (including the ING American Funds portfolios). The funds may have
higher fees and expenses than a fund that invests directly in debt and equity securities because they also incur the fees
and expenses of the underlying funds in which they invest. These funds are affiliated funds, and the underlying funds
in which they invest may be affiliated as well. The fund prospectuses disclose the aggregate annual operating
expenses of each fund and its corresponding underlying fund or funds. These funds are identified in the fund list on
the inside front cover of this prospectus.
If, due to differences in tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of the contract owners of various contracts
participating in the funds conflict, we, the Board of Trustees or Directors of the funds, and any other insurance
companies participating in the funds will monitor events to identify and resolve any material conflicts that may arise.
ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio
An ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio (GET Fund series) may be available during the accumulation phase of the
contract. We make a guarantee, as described below, when you allocate money into a GET Fund series. Each GET
Fund series has an offering period of three months or longer, which precedes the guarantee period. The GET Fund
series investment option may not be available under your contract or in your state.
Various series of the GET Fund series may be offered from time to time, and additional charges will apply if you
elect to invest in one of these series. We are not currently offering any series of the ING GET Fund series for
investment. The Company makes a guarantee when you direct money into a GET Fund series. We guarantee that the
value of an accumulation unit of the GET Fund series subaccount for that series under the contract on the maturity
date will not be less than its value as determined after the close of business on the last day of the offering period for
that GET Fund series. If the value on the maturity date is lower than it was on the last day of the offering period, we
will add funds to the GET Fund series subaccount for that series to make up the difference. This means that if you
remain invested in the GET Fund series until the maturity date, at the maturity date, you will receive no less than the
value of your separate account investment directed to the GET Fund series as of the last day of the offering period,
less charges not reflected in the accumulation unit value, and any amounts you transfer or withdraw from the GET
Fund series subaccount for that series. The value of dividends and distributions made by the GET Fund series
throughout the guarantee period is taken into account in determining whether, for purposes of the guarantee, the value
of your GET Fund series investment on the maturity date is no less than its value as of the last day of the offering
period. If you withdraw or transfer funds from a GET Fund series prior to the maturity date, we will process the
transactions at the actual unit value next determined after we receive your request. The GET Fund series subaccount
is not available for dollar cost averaging or automatic rebalancing.
Before the maturity date, we will send a notice to each contract owner who has allocated amounts to the GET Fund
series. This notice will remind you that the maturity date is approaching and that you must choose other investment
options for your GET Fund series amounts. If you do not make a choice, on the maturity date we will transfer your
GET Fund series amounts to another available series of the GET Fund series that is then accepting deposits. If no
GET Fund series is then available, we will transfer your GET Fund series amounts to the fund or funds that we
designate.
Please see the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio prospectus for a complete description of the GET Fund series investment
option, including charges and expenses.
PRO.70600-08 8
Restricted Funds
We may designate any investment option as a Restricted Fund and limit the amount you may allocate or transfer to a
Restricted Fund. We may establish any such limitation, at our discretion, as a percentage of premium or contract
value or as a specified dollar amount and change the limitation at any time. Currently, we have not designated any
investment option as a Restricted Fund. We may, with 30 days notice to you, designate any fund as a Restricted Fund
or change the limitations on existing contracts with respect to new premiums added to such fund and also with respect
to new transfers to such fund. If a change is made with regard to designation as a Restricted Fund or applicable
limitations, such change will apply only to transactions effected after such change.
We limit your investment in the Restricted Funds on both an aggregate basis for all Restricted Funds and for each
individual Restricted Fund. The aggregate limits for investment in all Restricted Funds are expressed as a percentage
of contract value, percentage of premium and maximum dollar amount. Currently, your investment in two or more
Restricted Funds would be subject to each of the following three limitations: no more than 30 percent of contract
value, up to 100 percent of each premium and no more than $999,999,999. We may change these limits, at our
discretion, for new contracts, premiums, transfers or withdrawals.
We also limit your investment in each individual Restricted Fund. The limits for investment in each Restricted Fund
are expressed as a percentage of contract value, percentage of premium and maximum dollar amount. Currently, the
limits for investment in an individual Restricted Fund are the same as the aggregate limits set forth above. We may
change these limits, in our discretion, for new contracts, premiums, transfers or withdrawals.
We monitor the aggregate and individual limits on investments in Restricted Funds for each transaction (e.g. premium
payments, reallocations, withdrawals, dollar cost averaging). If the contract value in the Restricted Fund has
increased beyond the applicable limit due to market growth, we will not require the reallocation or withdrawal of
contract value from the Restricted Fund. However, if an aggregate limit has been exceeded, withdrawals must be
taken either from the Restricted Funds or taken pro-rata from all investment options in which contract value is
allocated, so that the percentage of contract value in the Restricted Funds following the withdrawal is less than or
equal to the percentage of contract value in the Restricted Funds prior to the withdrawal.
We will allocate pro-rata the portion of any premium payment that exceeds the limits with a Restricted Fund to your
other investment option choices not designated as Restricted Funds, or to a specially designated subaccount if there
are none (currently, the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio), unless you instruct us otherwise.
We will not permit a transfer to the Restricted Funds to the extent that it would increase the contract value in the
Restricted Fund or in all Restricted Funds to more than the applicable limits set forth above. We will not limit
transfers from Restricted Funds. If the result of multiple reallocations is to lower the percentage of total contract
value in Restricted Funds, the reallocation will be permitted even if the percentage of contract value in a Restricted
Fund is greater than its limit.
Please see Withdrawals and Transfers Among Your Investments in this prospectus for more information on the
effect of Restricted Funds.
COVERED FUNDS, SPECIAL FUNDS AND EXCLUDED FUNDS
For purposes of determining death benefits, we assign the investment options to one of three categories of funds. The
categories are:
1) | Covered Funds; |
2) | Special Funds; and |
3) | Excluded Funds. |
Allocations to Covered Funds participate fully in all guaranteed benefits. Allocations to Special Funds could affect
the death benefit guarantee that may otherwise be provided. Allocations to Excluded Funds do not participate in any
guaranteed benefits due to their potential for volatility.
PRO.70600-08 9
Designation of investment options under these categories may vary by benefit. For example, we may designate an
investment option a Special Fund for purposes of calculating one death benefit and not another. We may, with 30
days notice to you, designate any investment option as a Special or Excluded Fund with respect to new premiums
added to such investment option, with respect to new transfers to such investment option and with respect to the death
benefits to which such designation applies. Selecting a Special or Excluded Fund may limit or reduce the death
benefit. (See Death Benefit Choices in this prospectus for more information.)
CHARGES AND FEES
We deduct the contract charges described below to compensate us for our cost and expenses, services provided and
risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain costs and expenses for distributing and administering the
contracts, including compensation and expenses paid in connection with sales of the contracts, for paying the benefits
payable under the contracts, and for bearing various risks associated with the contracts. Some of the charges are for
optional riders, so they are only deducted if you elect to purchase the rider. The amount of a contract charge will not
always correspond to the actual costs associated with the charge. For example, the surrender charge collected may not
fully cover all of the distribution expenses incurred by us with the service or benefits provided. In the event there are
any profits from fees and charges deducted under the contract, including the mortality and expense risk charge and
rider and benefit charges, we may use such profits to finance the distribution of contracts.
Charge Deduction Subaccount
You may elect to have all charges against your contract value (except daily charges) deducted directly from a single
subaccount designated by the Company. Currently we use the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount for this
purpose. If you do not elect this option, or if the amount of the charges is greater than the amount in the designated
subaccount, the charges will be deducted as discussed below. You may cancel this option at any time by sending
notice to our Customer Service Center in a form satisfactory to us.
Charges Deducted from the Contract Value
We deduct the following charges from your contract value:
Internal transfers when the prior contract or arrangement either imposed a front end load or had no
applicable surrender charge: There is no surrender charge under this contract on amounts transferred or rolled over
from a prior contract as an internal transfer when the prior contract imposed a front end load, there was no applicable
surrender charge under the prior contract, or if the prior contract would not have assessed a surrender charge if the
money had been transferred to a contract issued by a non-affiliated company.
Transfers from external sources, internal transfers when the prior contract had an applicable surrender
charge and/or additional premium payments not part of an internal transfer: We deduct a surrender charge if
you surrender your contract or withdraw an amount exceeding the free withdrawal amount. The free withdrawal
amount for a contract year is the greater of: 1) 10% of contract value, based on the contract value on the date of
withdrawal, less any prior withdrawals in that contract year; or 2) your required minimum distribution (RMD)
attributable to amounts held under your contract. Under Option Package III, any unused free withdrawal amount may
carry forward to successive contract years, but in no event would the free withdrawal amount at any time exceed 30%
of contract value.
The following table shows the schedule of the surrender charge that will apply, based on the total amount withdrawn.
The surrender charge is deducted from the amount requested for withdrawal. The surrender charge is a percent of
each premium payment withdrawn. For internal transfers, the amount subject to surrender charge is the lesser of
premium payments paid under the prior contract or the initial contract value.
Complete Years Elapsed
Since Premium Payment*
Surrender Charge
0
6%
1
6%
2
5%
3
4%
4
3%
5
2%
6
1%
7+
0%
* For amounts transferred or rolled over into this contract as an internal transfer, the Complete Years Elapsed are
calculated from the date of the first premium payment made under the prior contract or, if earlier, the effective date
of the prior contract.
PRO.70600-08 10
Waiver of Surrender Charge for Extended Medical Care. We will waive the surrender charge in most states in
the following events: (i) you begin receiving qualified extended medical care on or after the first contract anniversary
for at least 45 days during a 60-day period and your request for the surrender or withdrawal, together with all required
documentation is received at our Customer Service Center during the term of your care or within 90 days after the last
day of your care; or (ii) you are first diagnosed by a qualifying medical professional, on or after the first contract
anniversary, as having a qualifying terminal illness. We have the right to require an examination by a physician of our
choice. If we require such an examination, we will pay for it. You are required to send us satisfactory written proof
of illness. See your contract for more information. The waiver of surrender charge may not be available in all states.
Free Withdrawal Amount. The Free Withdrawal Amount in any contract year is the greater of: 1) 10% of contract
value, based on the contract value on the date of the withdrawal; and 2) your RMD attributable to amounts held under
the contract. The Free Withdrawal Amount does not include your RMD for the tax year containing the contract date
of this contract. Under Option Package III, any unused percentage of the 10% Free Withdrawal Amount from a
contract year will carry forward into successive contract years, based on the percentage remaining at the time of the
last withdrawal in that contract year. In no event will the free withdrawal amount at any time exceed 30% of contract
value.
Surrender Charge for Excess Withdrawals. We will deduct a surrender charge for excess withdrawals, which may
include a withdrawal you make to satisfy required minimum distributions under the Tax Code. We consider a
withdrawal to be an excess withdrawal when the amount you withdraw in any contract year exceeds the Free
Withdrawal Amount. Where you are receiving systematic withdrawals, any combination of regular withdrawals taken
and any systematic withdrawals expected to be received in a contract year will be included in determining the amount
of the excess withdrawal. Such a withdrawal will be considered a partial surrender of the contract and we will impose
a surrender charge and any associated premium tax. We will deduct such charges from the contract value in
proportion to the contract value in each subaccount or Fixed Interest Allocation from which the excess withdrawal
was taken. In instances where the excess withdrawal equals the entire contract value in such subaccounts or Fixed
Interest Allocations, we will deduct charges proportionately from all other subaccounts and Fixed Interest Allocations
in which you are invested. Any withdrawal from a Fixed Interest Allocation more than 30 days before its
maturity date will trigger a Market Value Adjustment. See Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus for
more information.
For the purpose of calculating the surrender charge for an excess withdrawal: a) we treat premiums as being
withdrawn on a first-in, first-out basis; and b) amounts withdrawn that are not considered an excess withdrawal are
not considered a withdrawal of any premium payments. We have included an example of how this works in Appendix
E. Although we treat premium payments as being withdrawn before earnings for purposes of calculating the surrender
charge for excess withdrawals, the federal tax law treats earnings as withdrawn first.
Surrender Charges and the ING LifePay and ING Joint LifePay Riders. If you elect the ING LifePay Plus or
ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal taken during the Lifetime
Withdrawal Phase will not incur surrender charges. See Optional RidersING Life Pay Plus Minimum Contract
Withdrawal Benefit Rider (ING LifePay Plus)Surrender Charges and Optional RidersING Joint LifePay Plus
Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider (ING Joint LifePay Plus)Surrender Charges.
Premium Taxes. We may make a charge for state and local premium taxes depending on your state of residence.
The tax can range from 0% to 4% of the premium payment. We have the right to change this amount to conform with
changes in the law or if you change your state of residence.
We deduct the premium tax from your contract value (or from the MGIB Benefit Base, if exercised) on the income
phase payment start date. However, some jurisdictions impose a premium tax at the time that initial and additional
premiums are paid, regardless of when the income phase payments begin. In those states we may defer collection of
the premium taxes from your contract value and deduct it when you surrender the contract, when you take an excess
withdrawal, or on the income phase start date.
PRO.70600-08 11
Administrative Charge. We deduct an annual administrative charge on each contract anniversary, or if you
surrender your contract prior to a contract anniversary, at the time we determine the cash surrender value payable to
you. The amount deducted is $30 per contract unless waived under conditions we establish. We deduct the charge
proportionately from all subaccounts in which you are invested. If there is no contract value in those subaccounts, we
will deduct the charge from your Fixed Interest Allocations starting with the guaranteed interest periods nearest their
maturity dates until the charge has been paid.
Transfer Charge. We currently do not deduct any charges for transfers made during a contract year. We have the
right, however, to assess up to $25 for each transfer after the twelfth transfer in a contract year. If such a charge is
assessed, we would deduct the charge from the subaccounts and the Fixed Interest Allocations from which each such
transfer is made in proportion to the amount being transferred from each such subaccount and Fixed Interest
Allocation unless you have chosen to have all charges deducted from a single subaccount. The charge will not apply
to any transfers due to the election of dollar cost averaging, automatic rebalancing and transfers we make to and from
any subaccount specially designated by the Company for such purpose.
Redemption Fees. Certain funds may deduct redemption fees as a result of withdrawals, transfers, or other fund
transactions you initiate. If applicable, we may deduct the amount of any redemption fees imposed by the underlying
mutual funds as a result of withdrawals, transfers or other fund transactions you initiate. Redemption fees, if any, are
separate and distinct from any transaction charges or other charges deducted from your contract value. For a more
complete description of the funds fees and expenses, review each funds prospectus.
Charges Deducted from the Subaccounts
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The amount of the mortality and expense risk charge depends on the option
package you have elected. The charge is deducted on each business day based on the assets you have in each
subaccount. In the event there is any profit from the mortality and expense risk charge, we may use such profit to
finance the distribution of contracts.
Option Packages
The following option packages apply to contracts established prior to August 7, 2003, and contracts issued in Oregon:
Option Package I | Option Package II | Option Package III | ||
|
|
Annual Charge 0.60% |
Annual Charge 0.80% |
Annual Charge 0.95% |
Option Package I | Option Package II | Option Package III | ||
|
|
Annual Charge 0.85% |
Annual Charge 1.05% |
Annual Charge 1.20% |
Asset-Based Administrative Charge. The amount of the asset-based administrative charge, on an annual basis, is
equal to 0.15% of the assets you have in each subaccount. This charge is deducted daily from your assets in each
subaccount.
ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio Guarantee Charge. The ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio guarantee charge is deducted
each business day during the guarantee period if you elect to invest in the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio. The amount
of the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio guarantee charge is 0.50% and is deducted from amounts allocated to the ING
GET U.S. Core Portfolio investment option. This charge compensates us for the cost of providing a guarantee of
accumulation unit values of the ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio subaccount. See The FundsING GET U.S. Core
Portfolio.
PRO.70600-08 12
Optional Rider Charges. Subject to state availability, you may purchase one of three optional benefit riders for an
additional charge. Please check your contract application to determine which riders may be available to you. Once
elected, a rider cannot be canceled independently of the contract. So long as a rider is in effect, we will deduct a
separate quarterly charge for the optional benefit rider through a pro-rata reduction of the contract value of the
subaccounts in which you are invested. If there is insufficient contract value in the subaccounts, we will deduct the
charge from your Fixed Interest Allocations nearest their maturity date. We deduct each rider charge on the quarterly
contract anniversary in arrears, meaning we deduct the first charge on the first quarterly anniversary following the
rider date. If the rider is added to an existing contract, the first quarters charge will be reduced proportionally for the
portion of the quarter that the rider was not in effect. For a description of riders and the defined terms used in
connection with the riders, see Optional Riders.
A quarterly anniversary date is the date three months from the contract date that falls on the same date in the month
as the contract date. For example, if the contract date is February 12, the quarterly anniversary date is May 12. If
there is no corresponding date in the month, the quarterly anniversary date will be the last date of such month. If the
quarterly anniversary date falls on a weekend or holiday, we will use the value as of the subsequent business day.
Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit (MGIB). The charge for the MGIB Rider, a living benefit, is deducted
quarterly as follows:
As an Annual Charge | |
0.60% of the MGIB Benefit Base | |
Please see Optional RidersMinimum Guaranteed Income Benefit Rider for a description of the MGIB Benefit
Base and the MGIB Rate.
ING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING LifePay Plus) Rider Charge. The
charge for the ING LifePay Plus rider, a living benefit, is deducted quarterly from your contract value:
Maximum Annual Charge | Current Annual Charge | |
1.30% | 0.55% |
This quarterly charge is a percentage of the ING LifePay Plus Base. We deduct the charge in arrears based on the
contract date (contract year versus calendar year). In arrears means the first charge is deducted at the end of the first
quarter from the contract date. If the rider is elected at contract issue, the rider effective date is the same as the
contract date. If the rider is added after contract issue, the rider and charges will begin on the next following quarterly
contract anniversary. A quarterly contract anniversary occurs each quarter of a contract year from the contract date.
The charge will be pro-rated when the rider is terminated. Charges will no longer be deducted once your rider enters
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status. Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status occurs if your contract value
is reduced to zero and other conditions are met. We reserve the right to increase the charge for the ING LifePay Plus
rider upon a Quarterly Ratchet once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins. You will never pay more than new issues
of this rider, subject to the maximum annual charge. We will not increase the charge for your first five years after the
effective date of the rider. For more information about how this rider works, including when Lifetime Automatic
Periodic Benefit Status begins, please see Optional RidersING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal
Benefit Rider.
If the contract value in the subaccounts is insufficient for the charge, then we deduct it from any Fixed Interest
Allocations, in which case a Market Value Adjustment may apply. Currently, a Market Value Adjustment would not
apply when this charge is deducted from a Fixed Interest Allocation. With Fixed Interest Allocations, we deduct the
charge from the Fixed Interest Allocation having the nearest maturity. For more information about the Fixed Interest
Allocation, including the Market Value Adjustment, please see Appendix C. We reserve the right to change the
charge for this rider, subject to the maximum annual charge. If changed, the new charge will only apply to riders
issued after the change.
PRO.70600-08 13
Please Note: For contracts issued on and after August 20, 2007 through April 28, 2008 with the ING LifePay Plus
rider, please see Appendix K for more information. For contracts issued prior to August 20, 2007 with the ING
LifePay rider, please see Appendix L for more information.
ING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING Joint LifePay Plus) Rider
Charge. The charge for the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, a living benefit, is deducted quarterly from your contract
value:
Maximum Annual Charge | Current Annual Charge | ||
1.50% | 0.80% |
This quarterly charge is a percentage of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. We deduct the charge in arrears based on
the contract date (contract year versus calendar year). In arrears means the first charge is deducted at the end of the
first quarter from the contract date. If the rider is elected at contract issue, the rider effective date is the same as the
contract date. If the rider is added after contract issue, the rider and charges will begin on the next following quarterly
contract anniversary. A quarterly contract anniversary occurs each quarter of a contract year from the contract date.
The charge will be pro-rated when the rider is terminated. Charges will no longer be deducted once your rider enters
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status. Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status occurs if your contract value
is reduced to zero and other conditions are met. We reserve the right to increase the charge for the ING LifePay Plus
rider upon a Quarterly Ratchet once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins. You will never pay more than new issues
of this rider, subject to the maximum annual charge. We will not increase the charge for the first five years after the
effective date of the rider. You will never pay more than new issues of this rider, subject to the maximum annual
charge. For more information about how this rider works, including when Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit
Status begins, please see Optional RidersING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider.
If the contract value in the subaccounts is insufficient for the charge, then we deduct it from any Fixed Interest
Allocations, in which case a Market Value Adjustment may apply. But currently, a Market Value Adjustment would
not apply when this charge is deducted from a Fixed Interest Allocation. With Fixed Interest Allocations, we deduct
the charge from the Fixed Interest Allocation having the nearest maturity. For more information about the Fixed
Interest Allocation, including the Market Value Adjustment, please see Appendix C. We reserve the right to change
the charge for this rider, subject to the maximum annual charge. If changed, the new charge will only apply to riders
issued after the change.
Please Note: For contracts issued on and after August 20, 2007 through April 28, 2008 with the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider, please see Appendix K for more information. For contracts issued prior to August 20, 2007 with the ING
Joint LifePay rider, please see Appendix L for more information.
Fund Expenses
As shown in the fund prospectuses, each fund deducts management fees from the amounts allocated to the fund. In
addition, each fund deducts other expenses, which may include service fees that may be used to compensate service
providers, including the Company and its affiliates, for administrative and contract owner services provided on behalf
of the fund. Furthermore, certain funds deduct a distribution or 12b-1 fee, which is used to finance any activity that is
primarily intended to result in the sale of fund shares. For a more complete description of the funds fees and
expenses, review each funds prospectus.
The Company or its U.S. affiliates receive substantial revenue from each of the funds or the funds affiliates, although
the amount and types of revenue vary with respect to each of the funds offered through the contract. This revenue is
one of several factors we consider when determining contract fees and charges and whether to offer a fund through
our contracts. Fund revenue is important to the Companys profitability, and it is generally more profitable for
us to offer affiliated funds than to offer unaffiliated funds.
In terms of total dollar amounts received, the greatest amount of revenue generally comes from assets allocated to
funds managed by Directed Services LLC or other Company affiliates, which funds may or may not also be
subadvised by a Company affiliate. Assets allocated to funds managed by a Company affiliate but subadvised by
unaffiliated third parties generally generate the next greatest amount of revenue. Finally, assets allocated to
unaffiliated funds generate the least amount of revenue. The Company expects to make a profit from this revenue to
the extent it exceeds the Companys expenses, including the payment of sales compensation to our distributors.
PRO.70600-08 14
Types of Revenue Received from Affiliated Funds
Affiliated funds are (a) funds managed by Directed Services LLC or other Company affiliates, which may or may not
also be subadvised by another Company affiliate; and (b) funds managed by a Company affiliate but that are
subadvised by unaffiliated third parties.
Revenues received by the Company from affiliated funds may include:
These revenues may be received as cash payments or according to a variety of financial accounting techniques that
are used to allocate revenue and profits across the organization. In the case of affiliated funds subadvised by
unaffiliated third parties, any sharing of the management fee between the Company and the affiliated investment
adviser is based on the amount of such fee remaining after the subadvisory fee has been paid to the unaffiliated
subadviser. Because subadvisory fees vary by subadviser, varying amounts of revenue are retained by the affiliated
investment adviser and ultimately shared with the Company.
Types of Revenue Received from Unaffiliated Funds
Revenue received from each of the unaffiliated funds or their affiliates is based on an annual percentage of the
average net assets held in that fund by the Company. Some unaffiliated funds or their affiliates pay us more than
others and some of the amounts we receive may be significant.
Revenues received by the Company or its affiliates from unaffiliated funds include:
These revenues are received as cash payments, and if the unaffiliated fund families currently offered through the
contract were individually ranked according to the total amount they paid to the Company or its affiliates in 2007, in
connection with the registered variable annuity contracts issued by the Company, that ranking would be as follows:
1) | Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products |
2) | Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust |
3) | Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust |
4) | PIMCO VIT |
5) | Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds |
Some of the fund families listed above may not have paid any such amounts during 2007. If the revenues received
from affiliated funds were included in the table above, payments from Directed Services LLC and other Company
affiliates would be at the top of the list.
In addition to the types of revenue received from affiliated and unaffiliated funds described above, affiliated and
unaffiliated funds and their investment advisers, subadvisers or affiliates may participate at their own expense in
Company sales conferences or educational and training meetings. In relation to such participation, a funds
investment adviser, subadviser or affiliate may help offset the cost of the meetings or sponsor events associated with
the meetings. In exchange for these expense offset or sponsorship arrangements, the investment adviser, subadviser or
affiliate may receive certain benefits and access opportunities to Company sales representatives and wholesalers
rather than monetary benefits. These benefits and opportunities include, but are not limited to co-branded marketing
materials; targeted marketing sales opportunities; training opportunities at meetings; training modules for sales
personnel; and opportunity to host due diligence meetings for representatives and wholesalers.
PRO.70600-08 15
Certain funds may be structured as fund of funds (including the ING Solution portfolios and ING Strategic
Allocation portfolios) or Master-Feeder funds (including the ING American Funds portfolios). These funds may
have higher fees and expenses than a fund that invests directly in debt and equity securities because they also incur
the fees and expenses of the underlying funds in which they invest. These funds are affiliated funds, and the
underlying funds in which they invest may be affiliated as well. The fund prospectuses disclose the aggregate annual
operating expenses of each portfolio and its corresponding underlying fund or funds. These funds are identified in the
fund list on the inside front cover of this prospectus.
Please note certain management personnel and other employees of the Company or its affiliates may receive a portion
of their total employment compensation based on the amount of net assets allocated to affiliated funds. (See Other
Contract ProvisionsSelling the Contract.)
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT |
The contract described in this prospectus is a deferred combination variable and fixed annuity contract. The contract
provides a means for you to invest in one or more of the available funds through Separate Account B. It also provides
a means for you to invest in a Fixed Interest Allocation through the Fixed Account. See Appendix C and the Fixed
Account II prospectus for more information on the Fixed Interest Allocation and Fixed Account.
When considering whether to purchase or participate in the contract, you should consult with your financial
representative about your financial goals, investment time horizon and risk tolerance.
Contract Date and Contract Year
The date the contract became effective is the contract date. Each 12-month period following the contract date is a
contract year.
Contract Owner
You are the contract owner. You are also the annuitant unless another annuitant is named in the application. You have
the rights and options described in the contract.
The death benefit becomes payable when you die. In the case of a sole contract owner who dies before the income
phase begins, we will pay the beneficiary the death benefit then due. The sole contract owners estate will be the
beneficiary if no beneficiary has been designated or the beneficiary has predeceased the contract owner. If the
contract owner is a trust and a beneficial owner of the trust has been designated, the beneficial owner will be treated
as the contract owner for determining the death benefit. If a beneficial owner is changed or added after the contract
date, this will be treated as a change of contract owner for determining the death benefit (likely a taxable event). If no
beneficial owner of the trust has been designated, the availability of Option II or Option III will be based on the age
of the annuitant at the time you purchase the contract. In the event a selected death benefit is not available, the
Standard Death Benefit will apply.
Income Phase Start Date
The income phase start date is the date you start receiving income phase payments under your contract. The contract,
like all deferred variable annuity contracts, has two phases: the accumulation phase and the income phase. The
accumulation phase is the period between the contract date and the income phase start date. The income phase begins
when you start receiving regular income phase payments from your contract on the income phase start date.
Annuitant
The annuitant is the person designated by you to be the measuring life in determining income phase payments. The
annuitants age determines when the income phase must begin and the amount of the income phase payments to be
paid. You are the annuitant unless you choose to name another person. The annuitant may not be changed after the
contract is in effect.
The contract owner will receive the income phase benefits of the contract if the annuitant is living on the income
phase start date. If the annuitant dies before the income phase start date and a contingent annuitant has been named,
the contingent annuitant becomes the annuitant (unless the contract owner is not an individual, in which case the
death benefit becomes payable).
PRO.70600-08 16
When the annuitant dies before the income phase start date, the contract owner will become the annuitant. The
contract owner may designate a new annuitant within 60 days of the death of the annuitant.
When the annuitant dies before the income phase start date and the contract owner is not an individual, we will pay
the designated beneficiary the death benefit then due. If a beneficiary has not been designated, or if there is no
designated beneficiary living, the contract owner will be the beneficiary. If the annuitant was the sole contract owner
and there is no beneficiary designation, the annuitants estate will be the beneficiary.
Regardless of whether a death benefit is payable, if the annuitant dies and any contract owner is not an individual,
distribution rules under federal tax law will apply. You should consult your tax advisor for more information if the
contract owner is not an individual.
Beneficiary
The beneficiary is named by you in a written request. The beneficiary is the person who receives any death benefit
proceeds. The beneficiary may become the successor contract owner if the contract owner who is a spouse (or the
annuitant if the contract owner is other than an individual) dies before the income phase start date. We pay death
benefits to the primary beneficiary.
If the beneficiary dies before the annuitant or the contract owner, the death benefit proceeds are paid to the contingent
beneficiary, if any. If there is no surviving beneficiary, we pay the death benefit proceeds to the contract owners
estate.
One or more persons may be a beneficiary or contingent beneficiary. In the case of more than one beneficiary, we will
assume any death benefit proceeds are to be paid in equal shares to the surviving beneficiaries.
All requests for changes must be in writing and submitted to our Customer Service Center in good order. The change
will be effective as of the day you sign the request. The change will not affect any payment made or action taken by
us before recording the change.
Change of Contract Owner or Beneficiary. During the annuitants lifetime, you may transfer ownership of a
nonqualified contract. A change in ownership may affect the amount of the death benefit, the guaranteed minimum
death benefit and/or the death benefit option applied to the contract. The new owners age, as of the date of the
change, will be used as the basis for determining the applicable benefits and charges. The new owners death will
determine when a death benefit is payable. A change in owner or beneficiary may also impact any optional riders that
have been elected.
A change of owner likely has tax consequences. See Federal Tax Considerations in this prospectus.
You have the right to change beneficiaries during the annuitants lifetime unless you have designated an irrevocable
beneficiary. If you have designated an irrevocable beneficiary, you and the irrevocable beneficiary may have to act
together to exercise some of the rights and options under the contract. In the event of a death claim, we will honor the
form of payment of the death benefit specified by the beneficiary to the extent permitted under Section 72(s) of the
Tax Code. You may also restrict a beneficiarys right to elect an annuity option or receive a lump sum payment. If
so, such rights or options will not be available to the beneficiary.
All requests for changes must be in writing and submitted to our Customer Service Center. Please date your request.
The change will be effective as of the day we receive the request. The change will not affect any payment made or
action taken by us before recording the change.
Purchase and Availability of the Contract
The minimum initial payment to purchase the contract is $5,000. Currently, this payment may be made either by
funds from qualified or nonqualified external sources (external sources) or by a transfer or rollover from an existing
qualified or nonqualified contract or arrangement (the prior contract) issued by us or one of our affiliates (internal
transfer). Prior to April 29, 2005, the initial payment was required to be made as an internal transfer and the contract
was not available as a nonqualified contract.
PRO.70600-08 17
There are three option packages available under the contract. You select an option package at time of application.
Each option package is unique. The maximum age at which you may purchase the contract is age 80. For Option
Package I, we may allow you to purchase the contract up to age 85, provided you are purchasing the contract as an
internal transfer where you will receive credit for the surrender charge period accrued under the prior contract, or
where there will be no surrender charge under this contract because your prior contract has no surrender charge. We
reserve the right to modify these issue age limitations in a nondiscriminatory manner. See Surrender Charge.
You may make additional premium payments up to the contract anniversary after your 86th birthday. The minimum
additional premium payment we will accept is $50 regardless of the option package you select. Under certain
circumstances, we may waive the minimum premium payment requirement. We may also change the minimum initial
or additional premium requirements for certain group or sponsored arrangements. Any initial or additional premium
payment that would cause the contract value of all annuities that you maintain with us to exceed $1,000,000 requires
our prior approval.
The contract may currently be purchased by individuals as a nonqualified contract, as a traditional Individual
Retirement Annuity (IRA) under Section 408(b) of the Tax Code or as a Roth IRA under Section 408A of the Tax
Code. The contract is not currently available as a Simplified Employer Pension (SEP) Plan under 408(k), a Simple
IRA under Section 408(P), or a tax deferred annuity under Section 403(b) of the Tax Code.
Factors to Consider in the Purchase Decision
The contract is designed for people seeking long-term tax-deferred accumulation of assets, generally for retirement or
other long-term purposes. The tax-deferred feature is more attractive to people in high federal and state tax brackets.
You should not buy this contract: (1) if you are looking for a short-term investment; (2) if you cannot risk
getting back less money than you put in; or (3) if your assets are in a plan which provides for tax-deferral and
you see no other reason to purchase this contract. The decision to purchase or participate in a contract should be
discussed with your financial representative. Make sure that you understand the investment options it provides, its
other features, the risks and potential benefits you will face, and the fees and expenses you will incur when, together
with your financial representative, you consider an investment in the contract. You should pay attention to the
following issues, among others:
1) | Long-Term Investment - This contract is a long-term investment, and is typically most useful as part of a personal retirement plan. Early withdrawals may be restricted by the Tax Code or your plan or may expose you to early withdrawal charges or tax penalties. The value of deferred taxation on earnings grows with the amount of time funds are left in the contract. You should not participate in this contract if you are looking for a short- term investment or expect to need to make withdrawals before you are 59½. |
2) | Investment Risk - The value of investment options available under this contract may fluctuate with the markets and interest rates. You should not participate in this contract in order to invest in these options if you cannot risk getting back less money than you put in. |
3) | Features and Fees - The fees for this contract reflect costs associated with the features and benefits it provides. As you consider this contract, you should determine the value that these various benefits and features have for you, given your particular circumstances, and consider the charges for those features. |
4) | Exchanges - Replacing an existing insurance contract with this contract may not be beneficial to you. If this contract will be a replacement for another annuity contract or mutual fund option under the plan, you should compare the two options carefully, compare the costs associated with each, and identify additional benefits available under this contract. You should consider whether these additional benefits justify incurring a new schedule of early withdrawal charges or any increased charges that might apply under this contract. Also, be sure to talk to your financial professional or tax adviser to make sure that the exchange will be handled so that it is tax-free. |
IRAs and other qualified plans already have the tax-deferral feature found in this contract. For an additional cost, the
contract provides other features and benefits including death benefits and the ability to receive a lifetime income. You
should not purchase a qualified contract unless you want these other features and benefits, taking into account their
cost. See Fees and Expenses in this prospectus. If you are considering Option II or Option III and your
contract will be an IRA, see Federal Tax ConsiderationsIndividual Retirement Annuities and Federal Tax
ConsiderationsTax Consequences of Living Benefits and Death Benefits in this prospectus.
PRO.70600-08 18
Crediting of Premium Payments
We will process your initial premium within 2 business days after receipt and allocate the payment according to the
instructions you specify at the accumulation unit value next determined, if the application and all information
necessary for processing the contract are complete. Subsequent premium payments will be processed within 1
business day if we receive all information necessary. In certain states we also accept additional premium payments
by wire order. Wire transmittals must be accompanied by sufficient electronically transmitted data. We may retain
your initial premium payment for up to 5 business days while attempting to complete an incomplete application. If the
application cannot be completed within this period, we will inform you of the reasons for the delay. We will also
return the premium payment immediately unless you direct us to hold the premium payment until the application is
completed. If you choose to have us hold the premium payment, it will be held in a non-interest bearing account.
If a subaccount is not available or requested in error, we will make inquiry about a replacement subaccount. If we are
unable to reach you or your representative within 5 days, we will consider the application incomplete. Once the
completed application is received, we will allocate the payment to the subaccounts and/or Fixed Interest Allocation of
Separate Account B specified by you within 2 business days.
If your premium payment was transmitted by wire order from your broker-dealer, we will follow one of the following
two procedures after we receive and accept the wire order and investment instructions. The procedure we follow
depends on state availability and the procedures of your broker-dealer.
1) | If either your state or broker-dealer do not permit us to issue a contract without an application, we reserve the right to rescind the contract if we do not receive and accept a properly completed application or enrollment form within 5 days of the premium payment. If we do not receive the application or form within 5 days of the premium payment, we will refund the contract value plus any charges we deducted, and the contract will be voided. Some states require that we return the premium paid. |
2) | If your state and broker-dealer allow us to issue a contract without an application, we will issue and mail the contract to you or your representative, together with a Contract Acknowledgement and Delivery Statement for your execution. Until our Customer Service Center receives the executed Contract Acknowledgement and Delivery Statement, neither you nor the broker-dealer may execute any financial transactions on your contract unless they are requested in writing by you. We may require additional information before complying with your request (e.g., signature guarantee). |
We will ask about any missing information related to subsequent payments. We will allocate the subsequent
payment(s) pro-rata according to the current variable subaccount allocation unless you specify otherwise. Any fixed
allocation(s) will not be considered in the pro-rata calculations. If a subaccount is no longer available (including due
to a fund purchase restriction) or requested in error, we will allocate the subsequent payments proportionally among
the other subaccounts in your contract allocations. For any subsequent premium payments, the payment designated
for a subaccount of Separate Account B will be credited at the accumulation unit value next determined after receipt
of your premium payment and instructions.
Once we allocate your premium payment if applicable, to the subaccounts selected by you, we convert the premium
payment into accumulation units. We divide the amount of the premium payment allocated to a particular subaccount
by the value of an accumulation unit for the subaccount to determine the number of accumulation units of the
subaccount to be held in Separate Account B with respect to your contract. The net investment results of each
subaccount vary with its investment performance.
In some states, we may require that an initial premium designated for a subaccount of Separate Account B or the
Fixed Account be allocated to a subaccount specially designated by the Company (currently, the ING Liquid Assets
Portfolio subaccount) during the free look period. After the free look period, we will convert your contract value
(your initial premium plus any earnings less any expenses) into accumulation units of the subaccounts you previously
selected. The accumulation units will be allocated based on the accumulation unit value next computed for each
subaccount. Initial premiums designated for Fixed Interest Allocations will be allocated to a Fixed Interest Allocation
with the guaranteed interest period you have chosen; however, in the future we may allocate the premiums to the
specially designated subaccount during the free look period.
PRO.70600-08 19
We may also refuse to accept certain forms of premium payments or loan repayments, if applicable, (travelers
checks, for example) or restrict the amount of certain forms of premium payments or loan repayments. In addition,
we may require information as to why a particular form of payment was used (third party checks, for example) and
the source of the funds of such payment in order to determine whether or not we will accept it. Use of an
unacceptable form of payment may result in us returning your premium payment and not issuing the contract.
Administrative Procedures
We may accept a request for contract service in writing, by telephone, or other approved electronic means, subject to
our administrative procedures, which vary depending on the type of service requested and may include proper
completion of certain forms, providing appropriate identifying information, and/or other administrative requirements.
We will process your request at the contract value next determined only after you have met all administrative
requirements. Please be advised that the risk of a fraudulent transaction is increased with telephonic or electronic
instructions (for example, a facsimile withdrawal request form), even if appropriate identifying information is
provided.
Sending Forms and Written Requests in Good Order
If you are writing to change your beneficiary, request a withdrawal, or for any other purpose, contact your local
representative or the Customer Service Center to learn what information is required in order for the request to be in
good order. By contacting us, we can provide you with the appropriate administrative form for your requested
transaction.
Contract Value
We determine your contract value on a daily basis beginning on the contract date. Your contract value is the sum of
(a) the contract value in the Fixed Interest Allocations, and (b) the contract value in each subaccount in which you are
invested.
Contract Value in the Subaccounts. On the contract date, the contract value in the subaccount in which you are
invested is equal to the initial premium paid that was designated to be allocated to the subaccount. On the contract
date, we allocate your contract value to each subaccount and/or a Fixed Interest Allocation specified by you, unless
the contract is issued in a state that requires the return of premium payments during the free look period, in which
case, the portion of your initial premium not allocated to a Fixed Interest Allocation may be allocated to a subaccount
specially designated by the Company during the free look period for this purpose (currently, the ING Liquid Assets
Portfolio subaccount).
On each business day after the contract date, we calculate the amount of contract value in each subaccount as follows:
(1) | We take the contract value in the subaccount at the end of the preceding business day. |
(2) | We multiply (1) by the subaccounts Net Rate of Return since the preceding business day. |
(3) | We add (1) and (2). |
(4) | We add to (3) any additional premium payments and then add or subtract any transfers to or from that subaccount. |
(5) | We subtract from (4) any withdrawals and any related charges, and then subtract any contract fees (including any optional rider charges) and premium taxes. |
Cash Surrender Value
The cash surrender value is the amount you receive when you surrender the contract. The cash surrender value will
fluctuate daily based on the investment results of the subaccounts in which you are invested and interest credited to
Fixed Interest Allocations and any Market Value Adjustment. See the Fixed Account II prospectus for a description
of the calculation of values under any Fixed Interest Allocation. We do not guarantee any minimum cash surrender
value. On any date during the accumulation phase, we calculate the cash surrender value as follows: we start with
your contract value, then we adjust for any Market Value Adjustment, then we deduct any surrender charge, any
charge for premium taxes, the annual contract administrative fee, and any other charges incurred but not yet deducted.
PRO.70600-08 20
Surrendering to Receive the Cash Surrender Value
You may surrender the contract at any time while the annuitant is living and before the income phase start date. A
surrender will be effective on the date your written request and the contract are received at our Customer Service
Center. We will determine and pay the cash surrender value at the price next determined after receipt of all paperwork
required in order for us to process your surrender. Once paid, all benefits under the contract will be terminated. For
administrative purposes, we will transfer your money to a specially designated subaccount (currently the ING Liquid
Assets Portfolio subaccount) prior to processing the surrender. This transfer will have no effect on your cash
surrender value. You may receive the cash surrender value in a single sum payment or apply it under one or more
annuity options. We will usually pay the cash surrender value within 7 days.
Consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences associated with surrendering your contract. A surrender
made before you reach age 59½ may result in a 10% tax penalty. See Federal Tax Considerations for more details.
The Subaccounts
Each of the subaccounts of Separate Account B offered under this prospectus invests in a fund with its own distinct
investment objectives and policies.
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Subaccounts and Other Changes
We may make additional subaccounts available to you under the contract. These subaccounts will invest in funds we
find suitable for your contract. We may also withdraw or substitute funds, subject to the conditions in your contract
and compliance with regulatory requirements.
We may amend the contract to conform to applicable laws or governmental regulations. If we feel that investment in
any of the funds has become inappropriate to the purposes of the contract, we may, with approval of the SEC (and
any other regulatory agency, if required) combine two or more subaccounts or substitute another portfolio for existing
and future investments. If you have elected the dollar cost averaging, systematic withdrawals, or automatic
rebalancing programs or if you have other outstanding instructions, and we substitute or otherwise eliminate a
portfolio which is subject to those instructions, we will execute your instructions using the substitute or proposed
replacement portfolio unless you request otherwise. The substitute or proposed replacement portfolio may have
higher fees and charges than any portfolio it replaces.
We also reserve the right to: (i) deregister Separate Account B under the 1940 Act; (ii) operate Separate Account B as
a management company under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a unit investment trust; (iii) operate Separate Account
B as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act if it is operating as a managed separate account; (iv) restrict or
eliminate any voting rights as to Separate Account B; and (v) combine Separate Account B with other accounts.
We will, of course, provide you with written notice before any of these changes are effected.
The Fixed Account
The Fixed Account is a segregated asset account which contains the assets that support a contract owners Fixed
Interest Allocations. See Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus for more information. To obtain a copy of
the Fixed Account II prospectus, write to our Customer Service Center at P.O. Box 9271, Des Moines, Iowa 50306-
9271 or call 1-800-366-0066, or access the SECs website (http://www.sec.gov).
State Variations
Contracts issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those
described in this prospectus. This prospectus provides a general description of the contract. Your actual contract, any
endorsements and riders are the controlling documents.
Other Products
We and our affiliates offer various other products with different features and terms than the contracts, and that may
offer some or all of the same funds. These products have different benefits, fees and charges, and may or may not
better match your needs. Please note that some of the Companys management personnel and certain other employees
may receive a portion of their employment compensation based on the amount of contract values allocated to funds
affiliated with ING. You should be aware that there are alternative options available, and, if you are interested in
learning more about these other products, contact our Customer Service Center or your registered representative.
Also, broker/dealers selling the contract may limit its availability or the availability of an optional feature (for
example, by imposing restrictions on eligibility), or decline to make an optional feature available. Please talk to your
registered representative for further details.
PRO.70600-08 21
OPTIONAL RIDERS   ; |
Some features and benefits of the contract, if available, are available by rider for an additional charge. Once elected,
the riders generally may not be cancelled. You may not remove a rider and charges will be assessed regardless of the
performance of your contract. Please see Charges and FeesOptional Rider Charges for more information on rider
charges.
Subject to state availability and the conditions noted below, the contract has three living benefit riders offering
protection against the investment risks with your contract:
These living benefit riders are described further below. You may add only one of these three riders to your
contract. Each rider has a separate charge. We do, however, reserve the right to allow the purchase of more than
one optional living benefit rider in the future, as well as the right to allow contract owners to replace the ING LifePay
Plus rider with the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. Once elected, the riders generally may not be cancelled. You may
not remove the rider and charges will be assessed regardless of the performance of your contract. Please see Charges
and FeesOptional Rider Charges for information on rider charges.
The optional riders may not be available for all investors. Please check your contract application to determine
if any are available to you. You should analyze each rider thoroughly and understand it completely before you
elect to purchase one. The optional riders do not guarantee any return of principal or premium payments and
do not guarantee performance of any specific fund under the contract. You should not purchase the ING
LifePay Plus rider with multiple owners, unless the owners are spouses. You should consult a qualified
financial adviser in evaluating the riders. Our Customer Service Center may be able to answer your questions.
The telephone number is 1-800-366-0066.
No Cancellation. Once you purchase a rider, you may not cancel it unless you a) cancel the contract during the
contracts free look period; b) surrender; c) begin income phase payments; or d) otherwise terminate the contract
pursuant to its terms. These events automatically cancel any rider. Once the contract continues beyond the free look
period, you may not cancel the rider. The Company may, at its discretion, cancel and/or replace a rider at your request
in order to renew or reset a rider.
Termination. The optional riders are living benefits, which means the guaranteed benefits offered by the riders are
intended to be available to you while you are living and while your contract is in the accumulation phase. Generally,
the optional riders automatically terminate if you:
1) | Terminate your contract pursuant to its terms during the accumulation phase, surrender, or begin receiving income phase payments in lieu of payments under the rider; |
2) | Die during the accumulation phase (first owner to die in the case of joint owners, or death of annuitant if the contract is a custodial IRA), unless your spouse elects to continue the contract or if you have selected the ING Joint LifePay rider; or |
3) | Change the owner of the contract. |
Other circumstances that may cause a rider to terminate automatically are discussed below with each rider.
Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit (MGIB) Rider. The MGIB rider is an optional benefit which guarantees a
minimum amount of income phase income will be available to you if you initiate income phase payments on the
MGIB Date (defined below), regardless of fluctuating market conditions. The minimum guaranteed amount of
income phase income will depend on the amount of premiums you pay during the first rider year, the amount of
contract value you allocate or transfer to Special Funds or Excluded Funds, and any withdrawals you take while the
rider is in effect. Thus, investing in Special Funds or Excluded Funds may limit the MGIB benefit.
PRO.70600-08 22
Purchase. To purchase the MGIB rider, you must be age 70 or younger on the rider date and the ten-year
waiting period must end at or prior to the latest income phase start date. Some broker dealers may limit availability of
the rider to younger ages. Generally, the MGIB rider must be purchased (i) on the contract date, or (ii) within thirty
days after the contract date. We may allow election at other times at our discretion. There is a ten-year waiting
period before you can elect income phase payments under the MGIB rider.
The MGIB Date. If you purchased the MGIB rider on the contract date or added the MGIB rider within 30 days
following the contract date, the MGIB Date is the contract anniversary on or after the tenth contract anniversary when
you decide to exercise your right to begin income phase payments under the MGIB rider. If you added the MGIB
rider at any other time, your MGIB Date is the contract anniversary at least 10 years after the rider date when you
decide to exercise your right to begin income phase payments under the MGIB rider.
Special Funds. The following investment options are designated as Special Funds for purposes of calculating
the MGIB Benefit Base: the American Funds Bond Portfolio, the ING Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
Portfolio, the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio, the ING Oppenheimer Strategic Income Portfolio, the ING PIMCO Core
Bond Portfolio, the ING PIMCO Total Return Portfolio, the ING Solution Income Portfolio, the PIMCO VIT Real
Return Portfolio, the ING VP Intermediate Bond Portfolio, the Fixed Account, and the Fixed Interest Division.
Please see Covered Funds, Special Funds, and Excluded Funds. No investment options are currently designated as
Excluded Funds.
Charges. The charge we deduct under the MGIB Rider is 0.60% annually of the MGIB Benefit Base. The
calculation of the MGIB Benefit Base is described in Determining the MGIB Annuity Income, below.
How the MGIB Rider Works. Ordinarily, the amount of income that will be available to you on the income phase
start date is based on your contract value, the income phase option you selected and the guaranteed income factors in
effect on the date you start receiving income phase payments. If you purchase the MGIB rider, the amount of income
that will be available to you upon starting income phase payments on the MGIB Date is the greatest of:
1) | Your income phase income based on your contract value on the MGIB Date adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment (see Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus) applied to the guaranteed income factors specified in your contract for the income phase option you selected; |
2) | Your income phase income based on your contract value on the MGIB Date adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment (see Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus) applied to the then-current income factors in effect for the income phase option you selected; or |
3) | The MGIB annuity income based on your MGIB Benefit Base on the MGIB Date applied to the MGIB income factors specified in your rider for the MGIB annuity option you selected. Prior to applying the MGIB income factors, we will adjust the MGIB Benefit Base for any surrender charge, premium tax recovery and Market Value Adjustment (see Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus) that would otherwise apply when starting the income phase. |
The guaranteed factors contained in the MGIB rider generally provide lower payout per $1,000 of value applied than
the guaranteed factors found in your contract. Although the minimum income provided under the rider can be
determined in advance, the contract value in the future is unknown, so the income provided under a contract with the
MGIB rider attached may be greater or less than the income that would be provided under the contract without the
rider. Generally, the income calculated under the rider will be greater than the income provided under the contract
whenever the MGIB Benefit Base (greater of the Rollup and Ratchet Bases) is sufficiently in excess of the contract
value to offset the additional conservatism reflected in the riders income factors compared to those in the contract.
The income factors in the MGIB rider generally reflect a lower interest rate and more conservative mortality than the
income factors in the contract. The degree of relative excess that the income factors require to produce more income
will vary for each individual circumstance. If the contract value exceeds the MGIB Benefit Base at the time the
income phase starts, the contract will generally produce greater income than the rider. Please see Appendix H
Examples of Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit Calculation.
PRO.70600-08 23
The MGIB Benefit Base is only a calculation used to determine the MGIB annuity income. The MGIB Benefit Base
does not represent a contract value, nor does it guarantee performance of the subaccounts in which you are invested.
It is also not used in determining the amount of your cash surrender value and death benefits. The MGIB Benefit
Base is tracked separately for Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, based on initial allocation of eligible premium
(or contract value, if applicable) and subsequently allocated eligible premiums, withdrawals and transfers. Contract
value, rather than eligible premium is used as the initial value if the rider is added after the contract date.
Prior to your latest income phase start date, you may choose to exercise your right to receive payments under the
MGIB rider. Payments under the rider begin on the MGIB Date. We require a 10-year waiting period before you
can elect to receive payments under the MGIB rider benefit. The MGIB must be exercised in the 30-day period
prior to the end of the waiting period or any subsequent contract anniversary. At your request, the Company may in
its discretion extend the latest contract income phase start date without extending the MGIB Date.
Determining the MGIB Annuity Income. On the MGIB Date, we calculate your MGIB annuity income as
follows:
1) | We first determine your MGIB Benefit Base: The MGIB Benefit Base is equal to the greater of the MGIB Rollup Base and the MGIB Ratchet Base, which may be reduced by an amount equal to the ratio of any outstanding loan balance (where applicable) to the contract value multiplied by the MGIB Base. | ||
a) | Calculation of MGIB Rollup Base | ||
The MGIB Rollup Base is equal to the lesser of the Maximum MGIB Base and the sum of (a), (b), and (c) where: | |||
(a) | is the MGIB Rollup Base for Covered Funds; | ||
(b) | is the MGIB Rollup Base for Special Funds; and | ||
(c) | is the contract value of Excluded Funds. | ||
The Maximum MGIB Base applicable to the MGIB Rollup Base is 300% of eligible premiums adjusted pro-rata for withdrawals. This means that the Maximum MGIB Base is reduced for withdrawals by the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the contract value. The Maximum MGIB Base is not allocated by fund category. | |||
The MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds equals the eligible premiums allocated to Covered Funds, adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and transfers taken or made while the MGIB rider is in effect, accumulated at the MGIB Rate to the earlier of the oldest owner reaching age 80 and the MGIB Rollup Base reaching the Maximum MGIB Base. The MGIB Rollup Base accumulates at 0% thereafter. The MGIB Rate is currently 5%. The MGIB Rate is an annual effective rate. We may, at our discretion, discontinue offering this rate. The MGIB Rate will not change for those contracts that have already purchased the MGIB rider. | |||
The MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Special Funds equals the eligible premiums allocated to Special Funds, adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and transfers taken or made while the MGIB rider is in effect. The MGIB Rate does not apply to the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Special Funds, so the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Special Funds does not accumulate. | |||
The MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Excluded Funds equals the eligible premiums allocated to Excluded Funds, adjusted for subsequent withdrawals and transfers taken or made while the MGIB rider is in effect, accumulated at the MGIB rate to the earlier of the oldest owner reaching age 80 and the MGIB Rollup Base reaching the Maximum MGIB Base, and at 0% thereafter. The MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Excluded Funds is used only for transfer adjustments and rider charges. It is not included in the MGIB Rollup Base used to determine benefits. | |||
Eligible premiums are those premiums paid within one year of purchasing the MGIB rider. Premiums paid after that date are excluded from the MGIB Rollup Base. | |||
PRO.70600-08 24
Withdrawals reduce the MGIB Rollup Base on a pro-rata basis. The percentage reduction in the MGIB Rollup Base for each fund category (i.e. Covered, Special or Excluded) equals the percentage reduction in contract value in that fund category resulting from the withdrawal. This means that the MGIB Rollup Base for Covered Funds, Special Funds or Excluded Funds is reduced for withdrawals by the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the contract value allocated to Covered Funds, Special Funds or Excluded Funds. For example, if the contract value in Covered Funds is reduced by 25% as the result of a withdrawal, the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds is also reduced by 25% (rather than by the amount of the withdrawal). | |||
Because the MGIB Rollup Base is tracked separately for Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, when you make transfers between Covered, Special Funds and Excluded Funds, there is an impact on the MGIB Rollup Base. Net transfers between Covered Funds and Special Funds will reduce the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds or Special Funds, as applicable, on a pro-rata basis. This means that the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds or Special Funds will be reduced by the same percentage as the transfer bears to the contract value allocated to Covered Funds or Special Funds. For example, if the contract value in Covered Funds is reduced by 25% as the result of the transfer, the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds is also reduced by 25% (rather than by the amount of the transfer). The resulting increase in the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Special or Excluded Funds, as applicable, will equal the reduction in the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered Funds. Transfers from Special Funds to Covered Funds are treated in the same way. | |||
Net transfers from Excluded Funds will reduce the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Excluded Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Covered or Special Funds, as applicable, will equal the lesser of the contract value transferred and the reduction in the MGIB Rollup Base allocated to Excluded Funds. | |||
b) | Calculation of MGIB Ratchet Benefit Base | ||
The MGIB Ratchet Benefit Base is equal to the sum of (a) and (b) where: | |||
(a) | is the MGIB Ratchet Base for Covered Funds and Special Funds; and | ||
(b) | is the contract value for Excluded Funds. | ||
The MGIB Ratchet Base for Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds equals: | |||
· | On the rider date, eligible premiums or the contract value (if the rider is added after the contract date) allocated to Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds; | ||
· | On each contract anniversary date prior to attainment of age 90, the MGIB Ratchet Base for Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds is set equal to the greater of: | ||
1) | the current contract value allocated to Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds (after any deductions occurring on that date); and | ||
2) | the MGIB Ratchet Base for Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds from the prior contract anniversary date, adjusted for any new eligible premiums and withdrawals attributable to Covered Funds, Special Funds or Excluded Funds and transfers. | ||
· | At other times, the MGIB Ratchet Base for Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds is the MGIB Ratchet Base from the prior contract anniversary date, adjusted for subsequent eligible premiums and withdrawals attributable to Covered Funds, Special Funds or Excluded Funds and transfers. | ||
The MGIB Ratchet Base allocated to Excluded Funds is used only for transfer adjustments and rider charges. It is not included in the MGIB Ratchet Benefit Base used to determine benefits. | |||
|
PRO.70600-08 25
2) | Then we determine the MGIB income phase income by multiplying your MGIB Benefit Base (adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment (see Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus), surrender charge and premium taxes) by the income factor, and then divide by $1,000. |
MGIB Income Options
The following are the MGIB Income Options available under the MGIB Rider:
(i) | Income for Life (Single Life or Joint with 100% Survivor) and 10-20 years certain; |
(ii) | Income for 20-30 years certain; and |
(iii) | Any other income option offered by the Company in conjunction with the MGIB rider on the MGIB Date. |
Once during the life of the contract, you have the option to elect to apply up to 50% of the MGIB Benefit Base to one
of the MGIB Income Options available under the rider. This option may only be exercised on a contract anniversary
at or after the end of the waiting period. The portion of the MGIB Benefit Base so applied will be used to determine
the MGIB income, as is otherwise described in the prospectus. The contract value will be reduced on a pro-rata basis.
Any subsequent exercise of your right to receive payments under the MGIB rider must be for 100% of the remaining
value. The election of partial payments under the MGIB Benefit Base does not affect your right to initiate the income
phase under the contract without regard to the rider. The amount applied to these partial payments will be treated as a
withdrawal for purposes of adjusting contract and rider values.
Please note that if you elect partial income payments, they will be tax reported as withdrawals. Please consult your tax
adviser before making this election, as the taxation of this election is uncertain.
Early MGIB. Prior to the MGIB Date, you may elect to receive Early MGIB benefits by providing a written
request to our Customer Service Center within 30 days prior to an Early MGIB Exercise Date, which is a contract
anniversary prior to the MGIB Date. Your election to receive Early MGIB benefits will become effective as of the
Early MGIB Exercise Date following receipt of this request in good order. The first Early MGIB Exercise Date is
specified in your rider and is currently the first contract anniversary which is at least 5 years after the rider
date.
If you elect to receive Early MGIB benefits, the MGIB annuity income will be will be determined as noted above in
Determining the MGIB Annuity Income, but will be adjusted by using an Age Setback formula. Under this
formula, the MGIB annuity income will equal the MGIB Benefit Base multiplied by the adjusted MGIB income
factors, which are equal to the MGIB income factors defined in Determining the MGIB Annuity Income above,
adjusted using age setbacks to compensate for the early entry into the income phase. The adjusted MGIB income
factors are determined by adjusting the contract owners age for each whole or partial rider year between the Early
MGIB Exercise Date and the 10th contract anniversary after the rider date.
For example, if a 65 year-old contract owner is in the 6th year of the MGIB rider and elects to receive Early MGIB
benefits, the MGIB income factors used to determine the MGIB annuity income would be adjusted by using the
MGIB income factors for a 61 year-old contract owner, because the contract owners age (65) is adjusted by
subtracting the four years remaining until the 10th contract anniversary occurring after the rider date.
No Change of Annuitant. Once you purchase the MGIB rider, the annuitant may not be changed except for the
following exception. If an annuitant who is not a contract owner dies prior to entry into the income phase, a new
annuitant may be named in accordance with the provisions of your contract. The MGIB Benefit Base is unaffected
and continues to accumulate.
Notification. On or about 30 days prior to the MGIB Date, we will provide you with notification which will
include an estimate of the amount of MGIB annuity income available if you choose to exercise it. We will determine
the actual amount of the MGIB annuity income as of the MGIB Date.
The MGIB rider does not restrict or limit your right to enter the income phase at any time permitted under the
contract. The MGIB rider does not restrict your right to enter the income phase using contract values that
may be higher than the MGIB annuity benefit.
PRO.70600-08 26
The benefits associated with the MGIB rider are available only if you enter the income phase under the rider
and in accordance with the provisions set forth above. Election of Early MGIB Benefits may result in a lesser
stream of income payments than waiting the entire 10 year waiting period. Initiating the income phase using
the MGIB rider may result in a more favorable stream of income payments, and different tax consequences,
under your contract. Because the MGIB rider is based on conservative actuarial factors, the level of lifetime
income that it guarantees may be less than the level that might be provided by the application of your contract
value to the contracts applicable income phase factors. You should consider all of your options at the time
you begin the income phase of your contract.
ING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING LifePay Plus) Rider. The ING LifePay
Plus rider generally provides, subject to the restrictions and limitations below, that we will guarantee a minimum
level of annual withdrawals from the contract for the lifetime of the annuitant, even if these withdrawals deplete your
contract value to zero. You may wish to purchase this rider if you are concerned that you may outlive your income.
Please Note: For contracts issued on and after August 20, 2007 through April 28, 2008 with the ING LifePay Plus
rider, please see Appendix K for more information. For contracts issued before August 20, 2007 with the ING
LifePay rider, please see Appendix L for more information.
Purchase. Beginning on or after April 28, 2008, subject to state approval, you may purchase the ING LifePay Plus
rider. In order to elect the ING LifePay Plus rider, the annuitant must be the owner or one of the owners, unless the
owner is a non-natural owner. Joint annuitants are not allowed. The maximum issue age is 80 (owner and annuitant
must age qualify). The issue age is the age of the owner (or the annuitant if there are joint owners or the owner is
non-natural) on the rider effective date. The ING LifePay Plus rider is subject to broker/dealer availability. The ING
LifePay Plus rider will not be issued until your contract value is allocated in accordance with the investment
option restrictions described in Investment Option Restrictions, below.
Contracts issued on and after January 1, 2008 are eligible for the ING LifePay Plus rider, subject to the conditions,
requirements and limitations of the prior paragraph, provided a living benefit rider has not been issued under such
contracts. If your contract already has a prior version of the ING LifePay or ING LifePay Plus rider, you may be
eligible to elect this version of the ING LifePay Plus rider for a limited time. There is an election form for this
purpose. Please contact the Customer Service Center for more information.
Rider Effective Date. The rider effective date is the date coverage under the ING LifePay Plus rider begins. If you
purchase the ING LifePay Plus rider when the contract is issued, the rider effective date is also the contract date. If
you purchase the ING LifePay Plus rider after contract issue, the rider effective date will be the date of the
contracts next following quarterly contract anniversary. A quarterly contract anniversary occurs each quarter of a
contract year from the contract date
Highlights. This paragraph introduces the terminology used with the ING LifePay Plus rider and how its components
generally work together. Benefits and guarantees are subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the ING
LifePay Plus rider. More detailed information follows below, with capitalized words that are underlined indicating
headings for ease of reference. The ING LifePay Plus rider guarantees an amount available for withdrawal from the
contract in any contract year once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins -- we use the ING LifePay Plus Base as part
of the calculation of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. The guarantee continues when the ING LifePay Plus rider
enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, at which time we will pay you periodic payments in an annual
amount equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal (since contract value would be zero) until the annuitants death.
The ING LifePay Plus Base is eligible for Quarterly Ratchets and 7% Compounding Step-Ups, and subject to
adjustment for any Excess Withdrawals. The ING LifePay Plus rider has an allowance for withdrawals from a
contract subject to the Required Minimum Distribution rules of the Tax Code that would otherwise be Excess
Withdrawals. The ING LifePay Plus rider has a death benefit that is payable upon the contract owners death only
when the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is greater than the contracts death benefit. The ING LifePay Plus
rider allows for spousal continuation.
ING LifePay Plus Base. The ING LifePay Plus Base is first calculated when you purchase the ING LifePay Plus
rider: (a) On the contract date, it is equal to the initial premium; and (b) After the contract date, it is equal to the
contract value on the effective date of the rider.
PRO.70600-08 27
The ING LifePay Plus Base is increased, dollar for dollar, by any subsequent premiums. We refer to the ING LifePay
Plus Base as the MGWB Base in the ING LifePay Plus rider.
Withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals. Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, withdrawals within a
contract year up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, including for payment of third-party investment advisory fees,
have no impact on the ING LifePay Plus Base. These withdrawals will not incur surrender charges or a negative
Market Value Adjustment associated with any Fixed Account allocations. For example, assume the current contract
value is $90,000 on a contract with the ING LifePay Plus rider in the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase. The ING LifePay
Plus Base is $100,000, and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000. Even though a withdrawal of $5,000 would
reduce the contract value to $85,000, the ING LifePay Plus Base would remain at its current level (as would the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal as well) since the withdrawal did not exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. See
below for more information about the Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
An Excess Withdrawal is either a) a withdrawal before the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins (except for payment of
third-party investment advisory fees); or b) once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, any portion of a withdrawal
during a contract year that exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal will cause a pro-rate
reduction of the ING LifePay Plus Base -- in the same proportion as contract value is reduced by the portion of the
withdrawal that is considered excess, inclusive of surrender charges or Market Value Adjustment associated with any
Fixed Account allocations (rather than the total amount of the withdrawal). An Excess Withdrawal will also cause the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal to be recalculated. See Appendix I, Illustration 1, 2, and 6 for examples of the
consequences of an excess withdrawal.
Please not that any withdrawals before the rider effective date in the same contract year when the ING LifePay Plus
rider is added after contract issue are counted in calculating your withdrawals in that contract year to determine
whether the Maximum Annual Withdrawal has been exceeded.
Quarterly Ratchet. The ING LifePay Plus Base is recalculated on each quarterly contract anniversary (once each
quarter of a contract year from the contract date) -- to equal the greater of: a) the current ING LifePay Plus Base; or b)
the current contract value. We call this recalculation a Quarterly Ratchet.
Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, we reserve the right to increase the charge for the ING LifePay Plus
rider upon a Quarterly Ratchet. You will never pay more than new issues of the ING LifePay Plus rider, subject to the
maximum annual charge, and we will not increase this charge for your first five years after the rider effective date.
We will notify you in writing not less than 30 days before a charge increase. You may avoid the charge increase by
canceling the forthcoming Quarterly Ratchet. Our written notices will outline the procedure you will need to follow to
do so. Please note, however, that from then on the ING LifePay Plus Base would no longer be eligible for any
Quarterly Ratchets, so the Maximum Annual Withdrawal percentage would not be eligible to increase. More
information about the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Percentage is below under Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
Our written notice will also remind you of the consequences of canceling the forthcoming Quarterly Ratchet.
7% Compounding Step-Up. The ING LifePay Plus Base is recalculated on each of the first ten contract
anniversaries after the rider effective date SO LONG AS no withdrawals were taken during the preceding contract
year. The recalculated ING LifePay Plus Base will equal the greatest of a) the current ING Life Pay Plus Base; b) the
current contract value; and c) the ING LifePay Plus Base on the previous contract anniversary, increased by 7%, plus
any premiums received and minus any withdrawals for payment of third-party investment advisory fees since the
previous contract anniversary. We call this recalculation a 7% Compounding Step-Up.
Please note there are no partial 7% Compounding Step-Ups. The 7% Compounding Step-Up is not pro-rated. For
riders added to existing contracts (a post contract issuance election), the first opportunity for a 7% Compounding
Step-Up will not be until the first contract anniversary after a full contract year has elapsed since the rider effective
date.
For example, assume a contract owner decides to add the ING LifePay Plus rider on March 15, 2008 to a contract that
was purchased on January 1, 2008. The rider effective date is April 1, 2008, which is the date of the contracts next
following quarterly contract anniversary. Because on January 1, 2009 a full contract year will not have elapsed since
the rider effective date, the ING LifePay Plus Base will not be eligible for a step-up. Rather, the first opportunity for
a step-up with this contract will be on January 1, 2010.
PRO.70600-08 28
Lifetime Withdrawal Phase. The Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins on the date of your first withdrawal (except
those for payment of third-party investment advisory fees), SO LONG AS the annuitant is age 59½. On this date, the
ING LifePay Plus Base is recalculated to equal the greater of the current ING LifePay Plus Base or the current
contract value. The Lifetime Withdrawal Phase will continue until the earliest of:
1) | the date income phase payments begin (see The Income Phase); |
2) | reduction of the contract value to zero by an Excess Withdrawal; |
3) | reduction of the contract value to zero by a withdrawal less than or equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal; |
4) | the surrender of the contract; or |
5) | the death of the owner (first owner, in the case of joint owners; annuitant, in the case of a non-natural person owner), unless your spouse beneficiary elects to continue the contract. |
The ING LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status in the even contract value is reduced to
zero other than by an Excess Withdrawal. Please see Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status below for more
information.
Maximum Annual Withdrawal. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is the amount that the ING LifePay Plus rider
guarantees to be available for withdrawal from the contract in any contract year. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal
is first calculated when the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins and equals the Maximum Annual Withdrawal
percentage of 5% multiplied by the ING LifePay Plus Base. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is thereafter
recalculated whenever the ING LifePay Plus Base is recalculated (for example, upon a Quarterly Ratchet or 7%
Compounding Step-Up).
In the event that on the date the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins the contract value is greater than the ING LifePay
Plus Base, then before the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is first calculated, the ING LifePay Plus Base will be set
equal to the contract value. The greater the ING LifePay Plus Base, the greater the amount will be available to you for
withdrawal under the ING LifePay Plus rider in calculating the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for the first time. In
addition, if the contracts income phase commencement date is reached while the ING LifePay Plus rider is in the
Lifetime Withdrawal Phase, you may elect a life only income phase option, in lieu of the contracts other income
phase options, under which we will pay the greater of the income phase payout under the contract and the equal
payments of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. For more information about the contracts income phase options, see
The Income Phase.
Required Minimum Distributions. The ING LifePay Plus rider allows for withdrawals from a contract subject to
the Required Minimum Distribution rules of the Tax Code that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal without
causing a pro-rata reduction of the ING LifePay Plus Base and recalculation of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. If
your Required Minimum Distribution for a calendar year (determined on a date on or before January 31 of that year),
applicable to this contract, is greater than the Maximum Annual Withdrawal on that date, then an Additional
Withdrawal Amount will be set equal to that portion of the Required Minimum Distribution that exceeds the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Once you have taken the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for the then current contract
year, the dollar amount of any additional withdrawals will count first against and reduce any unused Additional
Withdrawal Amount for the previous calendar year followed by any Additional Withdrawal Amount for the current
calendar year -- without constituting an Excess Withdrawal.
See Appendix I, Illustration 3.
PRO.70600-08 29
Withdrawals that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal and all available Additional Withdrawal Amounts are
Excess Withdrawals that will cause a pro-rata reduction of the ING LifePay Plus Base and the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal to be recalculated. See Appendix I, Illustration 5 for an example of the consequences of an Excess
Withdrawal with an Additional Withdrawal Amount. The Additional Withdrawal Amount is available on a calendar
year basis and recalculated every January, reset to equal that portion of the Required Minimum Distribution for that
calendar year that exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal on that date. Any unused amount of the Additional
Withdrawal Amount carries over into the next calendar year and is available through the end of that year, at which
time any amount remaining will expire. See Appendix H, Illustration 4 for an example of the Additional Withdrawal
Amount being carried over. Please note that there is no adjustment to the Additional Withdrawal Amount for
Quarterly Ratchets or upon spousal continuation of the ING LifePay Plus Rider.
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status. The ING LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic
Benefit Status when your contract value is reduced to zero other than by an Excess Withdrawal (a withdrawal in
excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal that causes your contract value to be reduced to zero will terminate the
ING LifePay Plus rider). You will no longer be entitled to make withdrawals, but instead will begin to receive
periodic payments in an annual amount equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. When the rider enters Lifetime
Automatic Periodic Benefit Status:
1) |
The contract will provide no further benefits (including death benefits) other than as provided under the ING LifePay Plus rider; |
2) | No further premium payments will be accepted; and |
3) | Any other riders issued with the contract will terminate, unless otherwise specified in that rider. |
During Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, we will pay you periodic payments in an annual amount that is
equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. These payments will cease upon the death of the annuitant at which time
both the rider and the contract will terminate. The rider will remain in Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status
until it terminates without value upon the annuitants death.
If, when the ING LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, your net withdrawals to date
are less than the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for that contract year, then we will pay you the difference
immediately. The periodic payments will begin on the first contract anniversary following the date the rider enters
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status and will continue to be paid annually thereafter.
In the event contract value is reduced to zero before the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, Lifetime Automatic
Periodic Benefit Status is deferred until the contract anniversary on or after the annuitant is age 59½. During this
time, the ING LifePay Plus riders death benefit remains payable upon the annuitants death, and the ING LifePay
Plus rider remains eligible for the 7% Compounding Step-Ups. Once the ING LifePay Plus rider enters the Lifetime
Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, periodic payments will begin in an annual amount equal to 5% (the Maximum
Annual Withdrawal percentage) multiplied by the ING LifePay Plus Base.
You may elect to receive systematic withdrawals pursuant to the terms of the contract. Under a systematic
withdrawal, either a fixed amount or an amount based upon a percentage of the contract value will be withdrawn from
your contract and paid to you on a scheduled basis, either monthly, quarterly, or annually. If, at the time the rider
enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, you are receiving systematic withdrawals under the contract more
frequently than annually, the periodic payments will be made at the same frequency in equal amounts such that the
sum of the payments in each contract year will equal the annual Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Such payments will
be made on the same payment dates as previously set up, if the payments were being made monthly or quarterly. If
the payments were being made annually, then the payments will be made on each following contract anniversary.
PRO.70600-08 30
Investment Option Restrictions. While the ING LifePay Plus rider is in effect, there are limits on the portfolios
to which your contract value may be allocated. Contract value allocated to portfolios other than Accepted Funds will
be rebalanced so as to maintain at least 20% of such contract value in the Fixed Allocation Funds. See Fixed
Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing, below. We impose these investment option restrictions in order to lesser
the likelihood we would have to make payments under this rider. We require these allocations regardless of your
investment instructions under the contract. The ING LifePay Plus rider will not be issued until your contract value is
allocated in accordance with these investment option restrictions. The timing of when and how we apply these
investment option restrictions is discussed further below.
Accepted Funds. Currently, the Accepted Funds are:
No rebalancing is necessary if the contract value is allocated entirely to Allocated Funds. We may change these
designations at any time upon 30 days notice to you. If a change is made, the change will apply to contract value
allocated to such portfolios after the date of the change.
Fixed Allocation Funds. Currently, the Fixed Allocation Funds are:
You must allocate your contract value to one or more Fixed Allocated Funds. We consider the ING VP
Intermediate Bond Portfolio to be the default Fixed Allocation Fund in connection with Fixed Allocation Funds
Automatic Rebalancing.
If the rider is not continued under the spousal continuation right when available, a Fixed Allocation Fund may be
reclassified as a Special Fund as of the contract continuation date if it would otherwise be designated as a Special
Fund for purposes of the contracts death benefits. For purposes of calculating any applicable death benefit
guaranteed under the contract, any allocation of contract value to the Fixed Allocation Funds will be considered a
Covered Fund allocation while the rider is in effect.
Other Funds. All portfolios available under the contract other than Accepted Funds or the Fixed Allocation
Funds are considered Other Funds.
Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing. If the contract value in the Fixed Allocation Funds is less
than 20% of the total contract value allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds and Other Funds on any ING LifePay
Plus Rebalancing Date, we will automatically rebalance the contract value allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds
and Other Funds so that 20% of this amount is allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds. Accepted Funds are
excluded from Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing. Any rebalancing is done on a pro-rata basis among
the Other Funds and will be the last transaction processed on that date. The ING LifePay Plus Rebalancing Dates
occur on each contract anniversary and after the following transactions:
1) | receipt of additional premiums; |
2) |
transfer or reallocation among the Fixed Allocation Funds or Other Funds, whether automatic or |
3) | withdrawals from the Fixed Allocation Funds or Other Funds. |
PRO.70600-08 31
Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing is separate from any other automatic rebalancing under the
contract. However, if the other automatic rebalancing under the contract causes the allocations to be out of
compliance with the investment option restrictions noted above, Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing
will occur immediately after the automatic rebalancing to restore the required allocations. See Appendix J
Examples of Fixed Allocation Fund Automatic Rebalancing. You will be notified that Fixed Allocation Funds
Automatic Rebalancing has occurred, along with your new allocations, by a confirmation statement that will be
mailed to you after Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing has occurred.
In certain circumstances, Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing may result in a reallocation into a Fixed
Allocation Fund even if you have not previously been invested in it. See Appendix JExamples of Fixed
Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing, Example I. By electing to purchase the ING LifePay Plus rider, you
are providing the Company with direction and authorization to process these transactions, including
reallocations into the Fixed Allocation Funds. You should not purchase the ING LifePay Plus rider if you do
not wish to have your contract value reallocated in this manner.
Death of Owner or Annuitant. The ING LifePay Plus rider terminates (with the riders charges pro-rated) on
the date of death of the owner (or in the case of joint owners, the first owner), or the annuitant if there is a non-
natural owner. Also, an ING LifePay Plus rider that is in Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status terminates on
the date of the annuitants death.
ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base. The ING LifePay Plus rider has a death benefit that is payable upon
the owners death only when the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is greater than the contracts death benefit.
The ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is first calculated when you purchase the ING LifePay Plus rider. If the
ING LifePay Plus rider is purchased on the contract date, the initial ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is equal
to the initial premium. If the ING LifePay Plus rider as purchased after the contract date, the initial ING LifePay
Plus Death Benefit Base is equal to the contract value on the rider effective date.
The ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is increased by the dollar amount of any subsequent premiums and
subject to any withdrawal adjustments. The ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is reduced by the dollar amount
of any withdrawals for the payment of third-party investment advisory fees before the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase
beings, and for any withdrawals once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins that are not Excess Withdrawals,
including withdrawals for payment of third-party investment advisory fees. The ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit
Base is subject to a pro-rata reduction for an Excess Withdrawal. Please see Withdrawals and Excess
Withdrawals for more information.
There is no additional charge for the death benefit associated with the ING LifePay Plus rider. Please note that the
ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is not eligible to participate in Quarterly Ratchets or 7% Compounding Step-
Ups.
In the event the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is greater than zero when the ING LifePay Plus rider enters
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, each periodic payment reduces the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit
Base dollar for dollar until the earlier of the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base being reduced to zero or the
annuitants death. Upon the annuitants death, any remaining ING LifePay Plus death benefit is payable to the
beneficiary in a lump sum.
Spousal Continuation. If the surviving spouse of the deceased owner continues the contract (see Death
Benefit ChoicesContinuation After DeathSpouse), the rider will also continue on the next quarterly contract
anniversary, provided the spouse becomes the annuitant and sole owner. At that date, the ING LifePay Plus Base is
recalculated to equal the contract value, inclusive of the guaranteed death benefit -- UNLESS the continuing spouse
is a joint owner and the original annuitant, OR the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase has not yet begun. In these cases, the
ING LifePay Plus Base is recalculated to equal the greater of a) the contract value, inclusive of the guaranteed
death benefit; and b) the last-calculated ING LifePay Plus Base, subject to pro-rata adjustment for any withdrawals
before spousal continuation.
PRO.70600-08 32
The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is also recalculated; however, there is no Maximum Annual Withdrawal upon
spousal continuation until the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins on the date of the first withdrawal after spousal
continuation, SO LONG AS the annuitant is age 59½. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is recalculated to equal
5% (the Maximum Annual Withdrawal percentage) multiplied by the ING LifePay Plus Base. There is no
adjustment to the Additional Withdrawal Amount upon spousal continuation of the ING LifePay Plus rider for a
contract subject to the Required Minimum Distribution rules of the Tax Code. Any withdrawals before the contract
owners death and spousal continuation are counted in calculating you withdrawals in that contract year to
determine whether the Maximum Annual Withdrawal has been exceeded.
Please note, if the contract value is greater than the ING LifePay Plus Base on the date the Lifetime Withdrawal
Phase begins, then the ING LifePay Plus Base will be set equal to the contract value before the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is first calculated. Also, upon spousal continuation, the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base equals
the ING LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base before the contract owners death, subject to any pro-rata adjustment for
withdrawals before spousal continuation of the rider.
Contrary to the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, spousal continuation of the ING LifePay Plus rider would likely NOT
take effect at the same time as the contract is continued. As noted above, the ING LifePay Plus rider provides for
spousal continuation only on a quarterly contract anniversary (subject to the spouse becoming the annuitant and
sole owner). So if you are concerned about the availability of benefits being interrupted with spousal continuation
of the ING LifePay Plus rider, you might instead want to purchase the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider.
Change of Owner or Annuitant. The ING LifePay Plus rider terminates (with the riders charge pro-rated) upon
an ownership change or change of annuitant, except for:
1) | spousal continuation as described above; |
2) | change of owner from one custodian to another custodian; |
3) | change of owner from a custodian for the benefit of an individual to the same individual; |
4) | change of owner from an individual to a custodian for the benefit of the same individual; |
5) | collateral assignments; |
6) | change in trust as owner where the individual owner and the grantor of the trust are the same individual; |
7) | change of owner from an individual to a trust where the individual owner and the grantor of the trust are the same individual; |
8) | change of owner from a trust to an individual where the individual owner and the grantor of the trust are the same individual; and |
9) | change of owner pursuant to a court order. |
Surrender Charges. Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, your withdrawals within a contract year up to
the Maximum Annual Withdrawal (and any applicable Additional Withdrawal Amount) are not subject to surrender
charges. We waive any surrender charges otherwise applicable to your withdrawal in a contract year that are less than
or equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals are subject to surrender charges, whether or not
the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase has begun. Once your contract value is reduced to zero, any periodic payments under
the ING LifePay Plus rider are not subject to surrender charges. Moreover, with no contract value, none of your
contract level recurring charges (e.g., the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge) would be deducted.
Loans. No loans are permitted on contracts with the ING LifePay Plus rider.
Taxation. For more information about the tax treatment of amounts paid to you under the ING LifePay Plus
Rider, see Federal Tax ConsiderationsTax Consequences of Living Benefits and Death Benefit.
PRO.70600-08 33
ING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit (ING Joint LifePay Plus) Rider. The
ING Joint LifePay Plus rider generally provides, subject to the restrictions and limitations below, that we will
guarantee a minimum level of annual withdrawals from the contract for the lifetime of both you and your spouse,
even if these withdrawals deplete your contract value to zero. You may wish to purchase this rider if you are married
and are concerned that you and your spouse may outlive your income.
Please Note: For contracts issued on and after August 20, 2007 through April 28, 2008 with the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider, please see Appendix K for more information. For contracts issued before August 20, 2007 with the ING
Joint LifePay rider, please see Appendix L for more information.
Purchase. Beginning on and after April 28, 2008, subject to state approval, you may purchase the ING Joint
LifePay Plus rider. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider is only available for purchase by individuals who are married at
the time of purchase (spouses) and eligible to elect spousal continuation (as defined by the Tax Code) of the contract
when the death benefit becomes payable, subject to the owner, annuitant, and beneficiary requirements below. The
maximum issue age is 80. Both spouses must meet these issue age requirements. The issue age is the age of the
owners on the rider effective date. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider is subject to broker/dealer availability. Please
note that the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider will not be issued unless the required owner, annuitant, and
beneficiary designations are met, and until your contract value is allocated in accordance with the investment
option restrictions described in Investment Option Restrictions, below.
Contracts issued on or after January 1, 2008 are eligible for the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, subject to the
conditions, requirements, and limitations of the prior paragraph, provided a living benefit rider has not been issued
under such contracts. If your contract already has a prior version of the ING Joint LifePay or ING Joint LifePay Plus
rider, you may be eligible to elect this version of the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider for a limited time. There is an
election form for this purpose. Please contact the Customer Service Center for more information. Such election must
be received in good order, including owner, annuitant, and beneficiary designations and compliance with the
investment restrictions described below.
Ownership, Annuitant, and Beneficiary Designation Requirements. Certain ownership, annuitant, and
beneficiary designations are required in order to purchase the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. These designations
depend upon whether the contract is issued as a nonqualified contract, an IRA or a custodial IRA. In all cases, the
ownership, annuitant, and beneficiary designations must allow for the surviving spouse to continue the contract when
the death benefit becomes payable, as provided by the Tax Code. Non-natural, custodial owners are only allowed
with IRAs (custodial IRAs). Joint annuitants are not allowed. The necessary ownership, annuitant, and/or
beneficiary designations are described below. Applications that do not meet the requirements below will be rejected.
We reserve the right to verify the date of birth and social security number of both spouses.
Nonqualified Contracts. For a jointly owned contract, the owners must be spouses, and the annuitant must be
one of the owners. For a contract with only one owner, the owners spouse must be the sole primary beneficiary,
and the annuitant must be one of the spouses.
IRAs. There may only be one owner, who must also be the annuitant. The owners spouse must be the sole
primary beneficiary.
Custodial IRAs. While we do not maintain individual owner and beneficiary designations for IRAs held by an
outside custodian, the ownership and beneficiary designations with the custodian must comply with the
requirements listed in IRAs, above. The annuitant must be the beneficial owner of the custodial IRA. We
require the custodian to provide us the name and date of birth of both the owner and the owners spouse.
Rider Effective Date. The rider effective date is the date coverage under the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider
begins. If you purchase the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider when the contract is issued, the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider
effective date is also the contract date. If the ING LifePay Plus rider is added after contract issue, the rider effective
date is the date of the contracts next following quarterly contract anniversary. A quarterly contract anniversary
occurs each quarter of a contract year from the contract date.
PRO.70600-08 34
Active Spouse. An Active Spouse is the person (people) upon whose life and age the guarantees are calculated
under the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. There must be two Active Spouses when you purchase the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider, who are married to each other and are joint owners, or, for a contract with only one owner, the spouse must
be the sole primary beneficiary. You cannot add an Active Spouse after the rider effective date. In general, changes to
the ownership of the contract, or changes to the annuitant and/or beneficiary designations, will result in one spouse
being deactivated (the spouse is thereafter inactive). An inactive spouse is not eligible to exercise any rights or
receive any benefits under the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, including continuing the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider
upon spousal continuation of the contract. Once an Active Spouse is deactivated, the spouse may not become an
Active Spouse again. Specific situations that will result in an Active Spouse being deactivated include:
1) | For nonqualified contracts where the spouses are joint owners, the removal of a joint owner (if that spouse does not automatically become sole primary beneficiary pursuant to the terms of the contract), or the change of one joint owner to a person other than an Active Spouse; |
2) | For nonqualified contracts where one spouse is the owner and the other spouse is the sole primary beneficiary, as well as for IRA contracts (including custodial IRAs), the addition of a joint owner who is not also an Active Spouse or any change of beneficiary (including the addition of primary beneficiaries); and |
3) | A spouses death. |
An owner may also request that one spouse be treated as inactive. Both contract owners must agree to such a request
when there are joint owners. However, all charges for the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider will continue to apply,
even after a spouse is deactivated, regardless of the reason. You should make sure you understand the impact
of beneficiary and owner changes on the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider prior to requesting any such changes.
Please note that a divorce will terminate the ability of an ex-spouse to continue the contract. See Divorce, below.
Highlights. This paragraph introduces the terminology used with the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider and how its
components generally work together. Benefits and guarantees are subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of
the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. More detailed information follows below, with capitalized words that are
underlined indicating headings for ease of reference. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider guarantees an amount
available for withdrawal from the contract in any contract year once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins -- we use
the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base as part of the calculation of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. The guarantee
continues when the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, at which time we
will pay you periodic payments in an annual amount equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal (since contract value
would be zero) until the last Active Spouses death. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is eligible for Quarterly
Ratchets and 7% Compounding Step-Ups, and subject to adjustment for any Excess Withdrawals. The ING Joint
LifePay Plus rider has an allowance for withdrawals from a contract subject to the Required Minimum Distribution
rules of the Tax Code that would otherwise be Excess Withdrawals. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider has a death
benefit that is payable upon the contract owners death only when the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is
greater than the contracts death benefit. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider allows for spousal continuation.
ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is first calculated when you purchase the ING
Joint LifePay Plus rider: (a) On the contract date, it is equal to the initial premium; and (b) After the contract date, it
is equal to the contract value on the effective date of the rider.
The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is increased, dollar for dollar, by any subsequent premiums. We refer to the ING
Joint LifePay Plus Base as the MGWB Base in the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider.
Withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals. Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, withdrawals within a
contract year up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, including for payment of third-party investment advisory fees,
have no impact on the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. These withdrawals will not incur surrender charges or a negative
Market Value Adjustment associated with any Fixed Account allocations. For example, assume the current contract
value is $90,000 on a contract with the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider in the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase. The ING Joint
LifePay Plus Base is $100,000, and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000. Even though a withdrawal of $5,000
would reduce the contract value to $85,000, the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base would remain at its current level (as
would the Maximum Annual Withdrawal as well) since the withdrawal did not exceed the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal. See below for more information about the Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
PRO.70600-08 35
An Excess Withdrawal is a withdrawal either before the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins (except for payment of
third-party investment advisory fees), or once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, any portion of a withdrawal
during a contract year that exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal will cause a pro-rate
reduction of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base -- in the same proportion as contract value is reduced by the portion of
the withdrawal that is considered excess, inclusive of surrender charges, or Market Value Adjustment associated with
any Fixed Account allocations (rather than the total amount of the withdrawal). An Excess Withdrawal will also cause
the Maximum Annual Withdrawal to be recalculated. See Appendix I, Illustration 1, 2, and 6 for examples of the
consequences of an Excess Withdrawal.
Please note that any withdrawals before the rider effective date in the same contract year when the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider is added after contract issue are counted in calculating your withdrawals in that contract year to determine
whether the Maximum Annual Withdrawal has been exceeded.
Quarterly Ratchet. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is recalculated on each quarterly contract anniversary (once
each quarter of a contract year from the contract date) -- to equal the greater of: a) the current ING Joint LifePay Plus
Base; or b) the current contract value. We call this recalculation a Quarterly Ratchet.
Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, we reserve the right to increase the charge for the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider upon a Quarterly Ratchet. You will never pay more than new issues of the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider,
subject to the maximum annual charge, and we will not increase this charge for your first five years after the rider
effective date. We will notify you in writing not less than 30 days before a charge increase. Our written notice will
outline the procedure you will need to follow to do so. You may avoid the charge increase by canceling the
forthcoming Quarterly Ratchet. Please note, however, that from then on the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base would no
longer be eligible for any Quarterly Ratchets, so the Maximum Annual Withdrawal percentage would not be eligible
to increase. More information about the Maximum Annual Percentage is below under Maximum Annual
Withdrawal. Our written notice will also remind you of the consequences of canceling the forthcoming Quarterly
Ratchet.
7% Compounding Step-Up. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is recalculated on each of the first ten contract
anniversaries after the rider effective date, SO LONG AS no withdrawals were taken during the preceding contract
year. The recalculated ING Joint LifePay Plus Base will equal the greatest of a) The current ING Joint LifePay Plus
Base; b) The current contract value; and c) The ING Joint LifePay Plus Base on the previous contract anniversary,
increased by 7%, plus any premiums received and minus any withdrawals for payment of third-party investment
advisory fees since the previous contract anniversary. We call this recalculation a 7% Compounding Step-Up.
Please note there are no partial 7% Compounding Step-Ups. The 7% Compounding Step-Up is not pro-rated. For
riders added to existing contracts (a post contract issuance election), the first opportunity for a 7% Compounding
Step-Up will not be until the first contract anniversary after a full contract year has elapsed since the rider effective
date.
For example, assume a contract owner decides to add the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider on March 15, 2008 to a
contract that was purchased on January 1, 2008. The rider effective date is April 1, 2008, which is the date of the
contracts next following quarterly contract anniversary. Because on January 1, 2009 a full contract year will not have
elapsed since the rider effective date, the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base will not be eligible for a step-up. Rather, the
first opportunity for a step-up with this contract will be on January 1, 2010.
Lifetime Withdrawal Phase. The Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins on the date of your first withdrawal (except
those for payment of third-party investment advisory fees), SO LONG AS the youngest Active Spouse is age 65. On
this date, the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is recalculated to equal the greater of the current ING Joint LifePay Plus
Base or the current contract value. The Lifetime Withdrawal Phase will continue until the earliest of:
1) | the date income phase payments begin (see The Income Phase); |
2) | reduction of the contract value to zero by an Excess Withdrawal; |
3) | reduction of the contract value to zero by a withdrawal less than or equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal; |
PRO.70600-08 36
4) | the surrender of the contract; or |
5) | the death of the owner (first owner, in the case of joint owners; annuitant, in the case of a non-natural person owner), unless your spouse beneficiary is an Active Spouse who elects to continue the contract; or |
6) | the last Active Spouse dies. |
The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status in the even contract value is
reduced to zero other than by an Excess Withdrawal. Please see Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status below
for more information.
Maximum Annual Withdrawal. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is the amount that the ING Joint LifePay Plus
rider guarantees to be available for withdrawal from the contract in any contract year. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is first calculated when the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins and equals the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal percentage of 5% multiplied by the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is
thereafter recalculated whenever the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is recalculated (for example, upon a Quarterly
Ratchet or 7% Compounding Step-Ups).
In the event on the date the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins the contract value is greater than the ING Joint LifePay
Plus Base, then before the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is first calculated, the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base will be
set equal to the contract value. The greater the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base, the greater the amount will be available
to you for withdrawal under the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider in calculating the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for the
first time. In addition, if the contracts income phase commencement date is reached while the ING Joint LifePay Plus
rider is in the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase, you may elect a life only income phase option, in lieu of the contracts
other income phase options, under which we will pay the greater of the income phase payout under the contract and
the equal payments of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. For more information about the contracts income phase
options, see The Income Phase.
Required Minimum Distributions. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider allows for withdrawals from a contract
subject to the Required Minimum Distribution rules of the Tax Code that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal
without causing a pro-rata reduction of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base and recalculation of the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal. If your Required Minimum Distribution for a calendar year (determined on a date on or before January
31 of that year), applicable to this contract, is greater than the Maximum Annual Withdrawal on that date, then an
Additional Withdrawal Amount will be set equal to that portion of the Required Minimum Distribution that exceeds
the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Once you have taken the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for the then current
contract year, the dollar amount of any additional withdrawals will count first against and reduce any unused
Additional Withdrawal Amount for the previous calendar year followed by any Additional Withdrawal Amount for
the current calendar year -- without constituting an Excess Withdrawal.
See Appendix I, Illustration 3 for an example.
Withdrawals that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal and all available Additional Withdrawal Amounts are
Excess Withdrawals that will cause a pro-rata reduction of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base and the Maximum
Annual Withdrawal to be recalculated. See Appendix I, Illustration 5 for an example of the consequences of an
Excess Withdrawal with an Additional Withdrawal Amount. The Additional Withdrawal Amount is available on a
calendar year basis and recalculated every January, reset to equal that portion of the Required Minimum Distribution
for that calendar year that exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal on that date. Any unused amount of the
Additional Withdrawal Amount carries over into the next calendar year and is available through the end of that year,
at which time any amount remaining will expire. See Appendix I, Illustration 4 for an example of the Additional
Withdrawal Amount being carried over. Please note that there is no adjustment to the Additional Withdrawal
Amount for Quarterly Ratchets or upon spousal continuation of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Rider.
PRO.70600-08 37
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic
Periodic Benefit Status when your contract value is reduced to zero other than by an Excess Withdrawal (a
withdrawal in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal that causes your contract value to be reduced to zero will
terminate the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider). You will no longer be entitled to make withdrawals, but instead will
begin to receive periodic payments in an annual amount equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. When the rider
enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status:
1) | The contract will provide no further benefits (including death benefits) other than as provided under the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider; |
2) | No further premium payments will be accepted; and |
3) | Any other riders issued with the contract will terminate, unless otherwise specified in that rider. |
During Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, we will pay you periodic payments in an annual amount that is
equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. These payments will cease upon the death of the annuitant at which time
both the rider and the contract will terminate. The rider will remain in Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status
until it terminates without value upon the last Active Spouses death.
If, when the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, your net withdrawals to
date are less than the Maximum Annual Withdrawal for that contract year, then we will pay you the difference
immediately. The periodic payments will begin on the first contract anniversary following the date the rider enters
Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status and will continue to be paid annually thereafter.
In the event contract value is reduced to zero before the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, Lifetime Automatic
Periodic Benefit Status is deferred until the contract anniversary on or after the youngest Active Spouse is age 65.
During this time, the ING Joint LifePay Plus riders death benefit remains payable upon the last Active Spouses
death, and the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider remains eligible for the 7% Compounding Step-Ups. Once the ING Joint
LifePay Plus rider enters the Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, periodic payments will begin in an annual
amount equal to 5% (the Maximum Annual Withdrawal percentage) multiplied by the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base.
You may elect to receive systematic withdrawals pursuant to the terms of the contract. Under a systematic
withdrawal, either a fixed amount or an amount based upon a percentage of the contract value will be withdrawn from
your contract and paid to you on a scheduled basis, either monthly, quarterly, or annually. If, at the time the rider
enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, you are receiving systematic withdrawals under the contract more
frequently than annually, the periodic payments will be made at the same frequency in equal amounts such that the
sum of the payments in each contract year will equal the annual Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Such payments will
be made on the same payment dates as previously set up, if the payments were being made monthly or quarterly. If
the payments were being made annually, then the payments will be made on each following contract anniversary.
Investment Option Restrictions. While the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider is in effect, there are limits on the
portfolios to which your contract value may be allocated. Contract value allocated to portfolios other than Accepted
Funds will be rebalanced so as to maintain at least 20% of such contract value in the Fixed Allocation Funds. See
Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing, below. We impose these investment option restrictions in order to
lessen the likelihood we would have to make payments under this rider. We require these allocations regardless of
your investment instructions to the contract. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider will not be issued until your contract
value is allocated in accordance with these investment options restrictions. The timing of when and how we apply
these restrictions is discussed further below.
PRO.70600-08 38
No rebalancing is necessary if the contract value is allocated entirely to Allocated Funds. We may change these
designations at any time upon 30 days notice to you. If a change is made, the change will apply to contract value
allocated to such portfolios after the date of the change.
Fixed Allocation Fund. Currently, the Fixed Allocation Funds are:
You may allocate your contract value to one or more Fixed Allocation Funds. We consider the ING VP
Intermediate Bond Portfolio to be the default Fixed Allocation Fund in connection with Fixed Allocation Funds
Automatic Rebalancing.
Other Funds. All portfolios available under the contract other than Accepted Funds or the Fixed Allocation Funds
are considered Other Funds.
Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing. If the contract value in the Fixed Allocation Funds is less than
20% of the total contract value allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds and Other Funds on any ING Joint LifePay
Plus Rebalancing Date, we will automatically rebalance the contract value allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds
and Other Funds so that 20% of this amount is allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds. Accepted Funds are
excluded from Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing. Any rebalancing is done on a pro-rata basis among
the Other Funds and will be the last transaction processed on that date. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Rebalancing
Dates occur on each contract anniversary and after the following transactions:
1) | receipt of additional premiums; |
2) | transfer or reallocation among the Fixed Allocation Funds or Other Funds, whether automatic or specifically directed by you; and |
3) | withdrawals from the Fixed Allocation Funds or Other Funds. |
Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing is separate from any other automatic rebalancing under the
contract. However, if the other automatic rebalancing under the contract causes the allocations to be out of
compliance with the investment option restrictions noted above, Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing
will occur immediately after the automatic rebalancing to restore the required allocations. See Appendix J
Examples of Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing. You will be notified that Fixed Allocation Funds
Automatic Rebalancing has occurred, along with your new allocations, by a confirmation statement that will be
mailed to you after Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing has occurred.
In certain circumstances, Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing may result in a reallocation into a Fixed
Allocation Fund even if you have not previously been invested in it. See Appendix JExamples of Fixed
Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing, Example I. By electing to purchase the ING Joint LifePay Plus
rider, you are providing the Company with direction and authorization to process these transactions,
including reallocations into the Fixed Allocation Funds. You should not purchase the ING Joint LifePay
Plus rider if you do not wish to have your contract value reallocated in this manner.
PRO.70600-08 39
Divorce. Generally, in the event of a divorce, the spouse who retains ownership of the contract will continue to be
entitled to all rights and benefits of the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, while the ex-spouse will no longer have any
such rights or be entitled to any such benefits. In the event of a divorce during the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase, the
ING Joint LifePay Plus rider will continue until the owners death (first owner in the case of joint owners, or the
annuitant in the case of a custodial IRA). Although spousal continuation may be available under the Tax Code for a
subsequent spouse, the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider cannot be continued by the new spouse. As the result of the
divorce, we may be required to withdraw assets for the benefit of an ex-spouse. Any such withdrawal will be
considered a withdrawal for purposes of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. See Withdrawals and Excess
Withdrawal, above. In the event of a divorce during Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, there will be no
change in the amount of your periodic payments. Payments will continue until both spouses are deceased.
Death of Owner or Annuitant. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider terminates (with the riders charges pro-rated)
on the earlier of the date of death of the last Active Spouse, or when the surviving spouse decides not to continue the
contract.
ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider has a death benefit that is
payable upon the owners death only when the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is greater than the
contracts death benefit. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is first calculated when you purchase the
ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. If the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider is purchased on the contract date, the initial ING
Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is equal to the initial premium. If the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider as
purchased after the contract date, the initial ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is equal to the contract
value on the rider effective date.
The ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is increased by the dollar amount of any subsequent premiums and
subject to any withdrawal adjustments. The ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is reduced by the dollar
amount of any withdrawals for the payment of third-party investment advisory fees before the Lifetime Withdrawal
Phase beings, and for any withdrawals once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins that are not Excess
Withdrawals, including withdrawals for payment of third-party investment advisory fees. The ING Joint LifePay
Plus Death Benefit Base is subject to a pro-rata reduction for an Excess Withdrawal. Please see Withdrawals and
Excess Withdrawals for more information.
There is no additional charge for the death benefit associated with the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider. Please note that
the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is not eligible to participate in Quarterly Ratchets or 7%
Compounding Step-Ups.
In the event the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base is greater than zero when the ING Joint LifePay Plus
rider enters Lifetime Automatic Periodic Benefit Status, each periodic payment reduces the ING Joint LifePay Plus
Death Benefit Base dollar for dollar until the earlier of the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base being
reduced to zero or the last Active Spouses death. Upon the last Active Spouses death, any remaining ING Joint
LifePay Plus death benefit is payable to the beneficiary in a lump sum.
Spousal Continuation. If the surviving spouse of the deceased owner continues the contract (see Death
Benefit ChoicesContinuation After DeathSpouse), the rider will continue, SO LONG AS the surviving spouse is
an Active Spouse. At that time, the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base is recalculated to equal the greater of a) the
contract value, inclusive of the guaranteed death benefit; and b) the last-calculated ING Joint LifePay Plus Base,
subject to pro-rata adjustment for any withdrawals before spousal continuation.
The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is also recalculated; however, there is no Maximum Annual Withdrawal upon
spousal continuation until the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins on the date of the first withdrawal after spousal
continuation, SO LONG AS the annuitant is age 65. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal is recalculated to equal 5%
(the Maximum Annual Withdrawal percentage) multiplied by the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base. There is no
adjustment to the Additional Withdrawal Amount upon spousal continuation of the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider for
a contract subject to the Required Minimum Distribution rules of the Tax Code. Any withdrawals before the
contract owners death and spousal continuation are counted in calculating you withdrawals in that contract year to
determine whether the Maximum Annual Withdrawal has been exceeded.
PRO.70600-08 40
Please note, if the contract value is greater than the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base on the date the Lifetime
Withdrawal Phase begins, then the ING Joint LifePay Plus Base will be set equal to the contract value before the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal is first calculated. Also, upon spousal continuation, the ING Joint LifePay Plus
Death Benefit Base equals the ING Joint LifePay Plus Death Benefit Base before the contract owners death,
subject to any pro-rata adjustment for withdrawals before spousal continuation of the rider.
Change of Owner or Annuitant. The ING Joint LifePay Plus rider terminates (with the riders charge pro-
rated) upon an ownership change or change of annuitant, except for:
1) | spousal continuation by an Active Spouse, as described above; |
2) | change of owner from one custodian to another custodian; |
3) | change of owner from a custodian for the benefit of an individual to the same individual (the owners spouse must be named sole beneficiary under the contract to remain an Active Spouse); |
4) | change of owner from an individual to a custodian for the benefit of the same individual; |
5) | collateral assignments; |
6) | for nonqualified contracts only, the addition of a joint owner, provided that the additional joint owner is the original owners spouse and is an Active Spouse when added as joint owner; |
7) | for nonqualified contracts only, the removal of a joint owner, provided the removed joint owner is an Active Spouse and becomes the sole primary beneficiary; and |
8) | change of owner where the owner becomes the sole primary beneficiary and the sole primary beneficiary becomes the owner, provided both spouses are Active Spouses at the time of the change. |
Surrender Charges. Once the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase begins, your withdrawals within a contract year up to
the Maximum Annual Withdrawal (and any applicable Additional Withdrawal Amount) are not subject to surrender
charges. We waive any surrender charges otherwise applicable to your withdrawal in a contract year that are less than
or equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals are subject to surrender charges, whether or not
the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase has begun. Once your contract value is reduced to zero, any periodic payments under
the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider are not subject to surrender charges. Moreover, with no contract value, none of your
contract level recurring charges (e.g., the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge) would be deducted.
Federal Tax Considerations. For more information about the tax treatment of amounts paid to you under the
ING Joint LifePay Plus rider, see Federal Tax ConsiderationsTax Consequences of Living Benefits and Death
Benefit.
WITHDRAWALS &nb sp; |
You may withdraw all or part of your money at any time during the accumulation phase and before the death of the
contract owner, except under certain qualified contracts. If you request a withdrawal for more than 90% of the cash
surrender value, and the remaining cash surrender value after the withdrawal is less than $100, we may treat it as a
request to surrender the contract. If any single withdrawal or the sum of withdrawals exceeds the Free Withdrawal
Amount, you may incur a surrender charge. There is no surrender charge if, during each contract year, the amount
withdrawn is equal to or less than the greater of: 1) 10% or less of your contract value on the date of the withdrawal,
less prior withdrawals during that contract year; or 2) your RMD attributable to amounts held under the contract. The
Free Withdrawal Amount does not include your RMD for the tax year containing the contract date of this contract.
Under Option Package III, any unused percentage of the 10% Free Withdrawal Amount from a contract year will
carry forward into successive contract years, based on the percentage remaining at the time of the last withdrawal in
that contract year. In no event will the Free Withdrawal Amount at any time exceed 30% of contract value, subject to
state approval.
PRO.70600-08 41
You must submit a written request to us specifying the Fixed Interest Allocations or subaccounts from which amounts
are to be withdrawn, otherwise the withdrawal will be made on a pro-rata basis from all of the subaccounts in which
you are invested. If there is not enough contract value in the subaccounts, we will deduct the balance of the
withdrawal from your Fixed Interest Allocations starting with the guaranteed interest periods nearest their maturity
dates until we have honored your request. We will determine the contract value as of the close of business on the day
we receive your withdrawal request at our Customer Service Center. The contract value may be more or less than the
premium payments made.
We will apply a Market Value Adjustment to any withdrawal from your Fixed Interest Allocation taken more than 30
days before its maturity date. Definitive guidance on the proper federal tax treatment of the Market Value Adjustment
has not been issued. You may want to discuss the potential tax consequences of a Market Value Adjustment with your
tax adviser. If any limitation on allocations to the Restricted Funds has been exceeded, subsequent withdrawals must
be taken so that the percentage of contract value in the Restricted Funds following the withdrawal would not be
greater than the percentage of contract value in the Restricted Funds prior to the withdrawal. In this event, the
subsequent withdrawals must be taken from the Restricted Funds or taken pro-rata from all variable subaccounts.
For administrative purposes, we will transfer your money to a specially designated subaccount (currently, the ING
Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount) prior to processing the withdrawal. This transfer will not affect the withdrawal
amount you receive.
Please be aware that benefit we pay under certain optional benefit riders may be reduced by any withdrawals taken
while the optional benefit rider is in effect. See Optional Riders.
Other than surrender charges and market value adjustment, if applicable, there is no additional charge for these
features.
We offer the following three withdrawal options:
Regular Withdrawals
After the free look period, you may make regular withdrawals. Each withdrawal must be a minimum of $100. We will
apply a Market Value Adjustment to any regular withdrawal from a Fixed Interest Allocation that is taken more than
30 days before its maturity date. See Appendix C and the Fixed Account II prospectus for more information on the
application of Market Value adjustment.
Systematic Withdrawals
You may choose to receive automatic systematic withdrawal payments (1) from the contract value in the subaccounts
in which you are invested, or (2) from the interest earned in your Fixed Interest Allocations. Systematic withdrawals
may be taken monthly, quarterly or annually. If you have contract value allocated to one or more Restricted Funds
and you elect to receive systematic withdrawals from the subaccounts in which you are invested, the systematic
withdrawals must be taken pro-rata from all subaccounts in which contract value is invested. If you do not have
contract value allocated to a Restricted Fund and choose systematic withdrawals on a non pro-rata basis, we will
monitor the withdrawals annually. If you subsequently allocate contract value to one or more Restricted Funds, we
will require you to take your systematic withdrawals on a pro-rata basis from all subaccounts in which contract value
is invested.
You decide when you would like systematic payments to start as long as it starts at least 28 days after your contract
date. You also select the date on which the systematic withdrawals will be made, but this date cannot be later than the
28th day of the month. If you have elected to receive systematic withdrawals but have not chosen a date, we will
make the withdrawals on the same calendar day of each month as your contract date. If your contract date is after the
28th day of the month, your systematic withdrawal will be made on the 28th day of each month.
PRO.70600-08 42
Each systematic withdrawal amount must be a minimum of $100. The amount of your systematic withdrawal can
either be (1) a fixed dollar amount, or (2) an amount based on a percentage of the contract value. Both forms of
systematic withdrawals are subject to the following maximum, which is calculated on each withdrawal date:
|
Frequency |
Maximum Percentage of Contract Value | |
Monthly Quarterly Annually |
0.83% 2.50% 10.00% | ||
If your systematic withdrawal is a fixed dollar amount and the amount to be withdrawn would exceed the applicable
maximum percentage of your contract value on any withdrawal date, we will automatically reduce the amount
withdrawn so that it equals such percentage. Thus, your fixed dollar systematic withdrawals will never exceed the
maximum percentage. If you want fixed dollar systematic withdrawals to exceed the maximum percentage and are
willing to incur associated surrender charges, consider the Fixed Dollar Systematic Withdrawal Feature which you
may add to your regular systematic withdrawal program.
If your systematic withdrawal is based on a percentage of contract value and the amount to be withdrawn based on
that percentage would be less than $100, we will automatically increase the amount to $100 as long as it does not
exceed the maximum percentage. If the systematic withdrawal would exceed the maximum percentage, we will send
the amount, and then automatically cancel your systematic withdrawal option.
Systematic withdrawals from Fixed Interest Allocations are limited to interest earnings during the prior month,
quarter, or year, depending on the frequency you chose. Systematic withdrawals are not subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, unless you have added the Fixed Dollar Systematic Withdrawal Feature discussed below and the
payments exceed interest earnings. Systematic withdrawals from Fixed Interest Allocations under the Fixed Dollar
Systematic Withdrawal Feature are available only in connection with Section 72(t) or Section 72(q) distributions. A
Fixed Interest Allocation may not participate in both the systematic withdrawal option and the dollar cost averaging
program at the same time.
You may change the amount or percentage of your systematic withdrawal once each contract year or cancel this
option at any time by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center at least 7 days before the next
scheduled withdrawal date. If you submit a subsequent premium payment after you have applied for systematic
withdrawals, we will not adjust future withdrawals under the systematic withdrawal program unless you specifically
request that we do so.
The systematic withdrawal option may commence in a contract year where a regular withdrawal has been taken but
you may not change the amount or percentage of your withdrawals in any contract year during which you have
previously taken a regular withdrawal. You may not elect the systematic withdrawal option if you are taking IRA
withdrawals.
Subject to availability, a spousal or non-spousal beneficiary may elect to receive death benefits as payments over the
beneficiarys lifetime (stretch). Stretch payments will be subject to the same limitations as systematic
withdrawals, and nonqualified stretch payments will be reported on the same basis as other systematic withdrawals.
Fixed Dollar Systematic Withdrawal Feature. You may add the Fixed Dollar Systematic Withdrawal Feature to
your regular fixed dollar systematic withdrawal program. This feature allows you to receive a systematic withdrawal
in a fixed dollar amount regardless of any surrender charges or Market Value Adjustments. Systematic withdrawals
from Fixed Interest Allocations under the Fixed Dollar Systematic Withdrawal Feature are available only in
connection with Section 72(t) or Section 72(q) distributions. You choose the amount of the fixed systematic
withdrawals, which may total up to an annual maximum of 10% of your contract value as determined on the day we
receive your election of this feature. The maximum limit will not be recalculated when you make additional premium
payments, unless you instruct us to do so. We will assess a surrender charge on the withdrawal date if the withdrawal
exceeds the maximum limit as calculated on the withdrawal date. We will assess a Market Value Adjustment on the
withdrawal date if the withdrawal from a Fixed Interest Allocation exceeds your interest earnings on the withdrawal
date. We will apply the surrender charge and any Market Value Adjustment directly to your contract value (rather
than to the systematic withdrawal) so that the amount of each systematic withdrawal remains fixed.
PRO.70600-08 43
Flat dollar systematic withdrawals which are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 72(t) of the Tax Code
may exceed the maximum. Such withdrawals are subject to surrender charges and Market Value Adjustment when
they exceed the applicable maximum percentage.
IRA Withdrawals
If you have a traditional IRA contract and will be at least age 70½ during the current calendar year, you may elect to
have distributions made to you to satisfy requirements imposed by federal tax law. IRA withdrawals provide payout
of amounts required to be distributed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rules governing mandatory
distributions under qualified plans. We will send you a notice before your distributions commence. You may elect to
take IRA withdrawals at that time, or at a later date. You may not elect IRA withdrawals and participate in systematic
withdrawals at the same time. If you do not elect to take IRA withdrawals, and distributions are required by federal
tax law, distributions adequate to satisfy the requirements imposed by federal tax law may be made. Thus, if you are
participating in systematic withdrawals, distributions under that option must be adequate to satisfy the mandatory
distribution rules imposed by federal tax law.
You may choose to receive IRA withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. Under this option, you may
elect payments to start as early as 28 days after the contract date. You select the day of the month when the
withdrawals will be made, but it cannot be later than the 28th day of the month. If no date is selected, we will make
the withdrawals on the same calendar day of the month as the contract date. If your contract date is after the 28th day
of the month, your IRA withdrawal will be made on the 28th day of the month.
You may request that we calculate for you the amount that is required to be withdrawn from your contract each year
based on the information you give us and various choices you make. For information regarding the calculation and
choices you have to make, see the SAI. We will also accept your written instructions regarding the calculated amount
required to be withdrawn from your contract each year. The minimum dollar amount you can withdraw is $100.
When we determine the required IRA withdrawal amount for a taxable year based on the frequency you select, if that
amount is less than $100, we will pay $100. At any time where the IRA withdrawal amount is greater than the
contract value, we will cancel the contract and send you the amount of the cash surrender value.
You may change the payment frequency of your IRA withdrawals once each contract year or cancel this option at any
time by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center at least 7 days before the next scheduled
withdrawal date.
An IRA withdrawal from a Fixed Interest Allocation in excess of the amount allowed under systematic withdrawals
will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
Consult your tax adviser regarding the tax consequences associated with taking withdrawals. You are
responsible for determining that withdrawals comply with applicable law. A withdrawal made before the taxpayer
reaches age 59½ may result in a 10% penalty tax. See Federal Tax Considerations for more details.
TRANSFERS AMONG YOUR INVESTMENTS |
Between the end of the free look period and the income phase start date, you may transfer your contract value among
the subaccounts in which you are invested and your Fixed Interest Allocations. Transfers to a GET Fund series may
only be made during the offering period for that GET Fund series. We currently do not charge you for transfers made
during a contract year, but reserve the right to charge $25 for each transfer after the twelfth transfer in a contract year.
We also reserve the right to limit the number of transfers you may make and may otherwise modify or
terminate transfer privileges if required by our business judgment or in accordance with applicable law. We
will apply a Market Value Adjustment to transfers from a Fixed Interest Allocation taken more than 30 days before its
maturity date, unless the transfer is made under the dollar cost averaging program. Keep in mind that transfers
between Special or Excluded Funds and other funds may negatively impact your death benefit or optional rider
benefits.
PRO.70600-08 44
If you allocate contract value to an investment option that has been designated as a Restricted Fund, your ability to
transfer contract value to the Restricted Fund may be limited. A transfer to the Restricted Funds will not be permitted
to the extent that it would increase the contract value in the Restricted Fund to more than the applicable limits
following the transfer. We do not limit transfers from Restricted Funds. If the result of multiple reallocations is to
lower the percentage of total contract value in the Restricted Fund, the reallocation will be permitted even if the
percentage of contract value in the Restricted Fund is greater than the limit.
Please be aware that the benefits we pay under an optional benefit rider may be affected by certain transfers you may
make while the rider is in effect. Transfers, including those involving Special Funds or Excluded Funds, may also
affect your optional rider base. See Optional Riders.
The minimum amount that you may transfer is $100 or, if less, your entire contract value held in a subaccount or a
Fixed Interest Allocation. To make a transfer, you must notify our Customer Service Center and all other
administrative requirements must be met. Transfers will be based on values at the end of the business day in which
the transfer request is received at our Customer Service Center. Any transfer request received after 4:00 p.m. eastern
time or the close of regular trading of the New York Stock Exchange will be effected on the next business day.
Separate Account B and the Company will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone or
other approved electronic means that we reasonably believe to be genuine. We may require personal identifying
information to process a request for transfer made over the telephone, over the Internet or other approved electronic
means. Please be advised that the risk of a fraudulent transaction is increased with telephonic or electronic
instructions, even if appropriate identifying information is provided.
Limits on Frequent or Disruptive Transfers
The contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent transfers. Frequent transfer activity can disrupt
management of a fund and raise its expenses through:
This in turn can have an adverse effect on fund performance. Accordingly, individuals or organizations that use
market-timing investment strategies or make frequent transfers should not purchase the contract.
Excessive Trading Policy. We and the other members of the ING family of companies that provide multi-fund
variable insurance and retirement products have adopted a common Excessive Trading Policy to respond to the
demands of the various fund families that make their funds available through our products to restrict excessive fund
trading activity and to ensure compliance with Rule 22c-2 of the 1940 Act.
We actively monitor fund transfer and reallocation activity within our variable insurance products to identify
violations of our Excessive Trading Policy. Our Excessive Trading Policy is violated if fund transfer and reallocation
activity:
We currently define Excessive Trading as:
PRO.70600-08 45
If we determine that an individual or entity has made a purchase of a fund within 60 days of a prior round-trip
involving the same fund, we will send them a letter (once per year) warning that another sale of that same fund within
60 days of the beginning of the prior round-trip will be deemed to be Excessive Trading and result in a six month
suspension of their ability to initiate fund transfers or reallocations through the Internet, facsimile, Voice Response
Unit (VRU), telephone calls to the ING Customer Service Center, or other electronic trading medium that we may
make available from time to time (Electronic Trading Privileges). Likewise, if we determine that an individual or
entity has made five round-trips involving the same fund within a rolling twelve month period, we will send them a
letter warning that another purchase and sale of that same fund within twelve months of the initial purchase in the first
round-trip will be deemed to be Excessive Trading and result in a suspension of their Electronic Trading Privileges.
According to the needs of the various business units, a copy of any warning letters may also be sent, as applicable, to
the person(s) or entity authorized to initiate fund transfers or reallocations, the agent/registered representative, or the
investment adviser for that individual or entity. A copy of the warning letters and details of the individuals or
entitys trading activity may also be sent to the fund whose shares were involved in the trading activity.
If we determine that an individual or entity has violated our Excessive Trading Policy, we will send them a letter
stating that their Electronic Trading Privileges have been suspended for a period of six months. Consequently, all
fund transfers or reallocations, not just those that involve the fund whose shares were involved in the activity that
violated our Excessive Trading Policy, will then have to be initiated by providing written instructions to us via regular
U.S. mail. Suspension of Electronic Trading Privileges may also extend to products other than the product through
which the Excessive Trading activity occurred. During the six month suspension period, electronic inquiry only
privileges will be permitted where and when possible. A copy of the letter restricting future transfer and reallocation
activity to regular U.S. mail and details of the individuals or entitys trading activity may also be sent, as applicable,
to the person(s) or entity authorized to initiate fund transfers or reallocations, the agent/registered representative or
investment adviser for that individual or entity, and the fund whose shares were involved in the activity that violated
our Excessive Trading Policy.
Following the six month suspension period during which no additional violations of our Excessive Trading Policy are
identified, Electronic Trading Privileges may again be restored. We will continue to monitor the fund transfer and
reallocation activity, and any future violations of our Excessive Trading Policy will result in an indefinite suspension
of Electronic Trading Privileges. A violation of our Excessive Trading Policy during the six month suspension period
will also result in an indefinite suspension of Electronic Trading Privileges.
We reserve the right to suspend Electronic Trading Privileges with respect to any individual or entity, with or without
prior notice, if we determine, in our sole discretion, that the individuals or entitys trading activity is disruptive or not
in the best interests of other owners of our variable insurance and retirement products, regardless of whether the
individuals or entitys trading activity falls within the definition of Excessive Trading set forth above.
Our failure to send or an individuals or entitys failure to receive any warning letter or other notice contemplated
under our Excessive Trading Policy will not prevent us from suspending that individuals or entitys Electronic
Trading Privileges or taking any other action provided for in our Excessive Trading Policy.
The Company does not allow exceptions to our Excessive Trading Policy. We reserve the right to modify our
Excessive Trading Policy, or the policy as it relates to a particular fund, at any time without prior notice, depending
on, among other factors, the needs of the underlying fund(s), the best interests of contract owners and fund investors,
and/or state or federal regulatory requirements. If we modify our policy, it will be applied uniformly to all contract
owners or, as applicable, to all contract owners investing in the underlying fund.
PRO.70600-08 46
Transfers from a Fixed Interest Allocation or a DCA Fixed Interest Allocation under the dollar cost averaging
program are not subject to a Market Value Adjustment. However, if you terminate the dollar cost averaging program
for a DCA Fixed Interest Allocation and there is money remaining in the DCA Fixed Interest Allocation, we will
transfer the remaining money to the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount. Such transfer will trigger a Market
Value Adjustment if the transfer is made more than 30 days before the maturity date of the DCA Fixed Interest
Allocation.
If you do not specify the subaccounts to which the dollar amount of the source account is to be transferred, we will
transfer the money to the subaccounts in which you are invested on a proportional basis. The transfer date is the same
day each month as your contract date. If, on any transfer date, your contract value in a source account is equal to or
less than the amount you have elected to have transferred, the entire amount will be transferred and the program will
end. You may terminate the dollar cost averaging program at any time by sending satisfactory notice to our Customer
Service Center at least 7 days before the next transfer date. A Fixed Interest Allocation or DCA Fixed Interest
Allocation may not participate in the dollar cost averaging program and in systematic withdrawals at the same time.
You are permitted to transfer contract value to a Restricted Fund, subject to the limitations described above in this
section and in Appendix BThe Funds. Compliance with the individual and aggregate Restricted Fund limits will
be reviewed when the dollar cost averaging program is established. Transfers under the dollar cost averaging
program must be within those limits. We will not review again your dollar cost averaging election for compliance
with the individual and aggregate limits for investment in the Restricted Funds except in the case of the transactions
described below.
· | Amount added to source account: If you add amounts to the source account which would increase the amount to be transferred under the dollar cost averaging program, we will review the amounts to be transferred to ensure that the individual and aggregate limits are not being exceeded. If such limits would be exceeded, we will require that the dollar cost averaging transfer amounts be changed to ensure that the transfers are within the limits based on the then current allocation of contract value to the Restricted Fund(s) and the then current value of the amount designated to be transferred to that Restricted Fund(s). |
· | Additional premium paid: Up to the individual Restricted Fund percentage limit may be allocated to a Restricted Fund. If more than the individual limit has been requested to be allocated to a Restricted Fund, we will look at the aggregate limit, subtract the current allocation to Restricted Funds, and subtract the current value of amounts to be transferred under the dollar cost averaging program to Restricted Funds. The excess, if any, is the maximum that may be allocated pro-rata to Restricted Funds. |
· | Reallocation request is made while the dollar cost averaging program is active: If the reallocation would increase the amount allocated to Restricted Funds, the maximum that may be so allocated is the individual Restricted Fund percentage limit, less the current allocation to Restricted Funds and less the current value of any remaining amounts to be transferred under the dollar cost averaging program to the Restricted Funds. |
We may in the future offer additional subaccounts or withdraw any subaccount or Fixed Interest Allocation to or from
the dollar cost averaging program, stop offering DCA Fixed Interest Allocations or otherwise modify, suspend or
terminate this program. Of course, such changes will not affect any dollar cost averaging programs in operation at the
time.
Automatic Rebalancing
If you have at least $10,000 of contract value invested in the subaccounts of Separate Account B, you may elect to
have your investments in the subaccounts automatically rebalanced. Transfers made pursuant to automatic
rebalancing do not count toward the 12 transfer limit on free transfers. Automatic rebalancing is not available if you
participate in dollar cost averaging. Automatic rebalancing will not take place during the free look period.
You are permitted to reallocate between Restricted and non-Restricted Funds, subject to the limitations described
above in this section and in Appendix BThe Funds. If the reallocation would increase the amount allocated to the
Restricted Funds, the maximum that may be so allocated is the individual Restricted Fund percentage limit, less the
current allocation to all Restricted Funds.
PRO.70600-08 48
We will transfer funds under your contract on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual calendar basis among the
subaccounts to maintain the investment blend of your selected subaccounts. The minimum size of any allocation must
be in full percentage points. Rebalancing does not affect any amounts that you have allocated to the Fixed Account.
The program may be used in conjunction with the systematic withdrawal option only if withdrawals are taken pro-
rata.
To participate in automatic rebalancing, send satisfactory notice to our Customer Service Center. We will begin the
program on the last business day of the period in which we receive the notice. You may cancel the program at any
time. The program will automatically terminate if you choose to reallocate your contract value among the
subaccounts or if you make an additional premium payment or partial withdrawal on other than a pro-rata basis.
Additional premium payments and partial withdrawals made on a pro-rata basis will not cause the automatic
rebalancing program to terminate.
DEATH BENEFIT CHOICES   ; |
Death Benefit during the Accumulation Phase
During the accumulation phase, a death benefit is payable when either the contract owner or the annuitant (when a
contract owner is not an individual) dies. Assuming you are the contract owner, your beneficiary will receive a death
benefit unless the beneficiary is your surviving spouse and elects to continue the contract. If there are joint owners
and any owner dies, we will pay the surviving owner(s) the death benefit. Upon receipt of due proof of the owners
death in writing (i.e. a certified copy of the death certificate), we will calculate the guaranteed death benefit based on
the Benefit Option Package elected and in effect on the date of death. If the guaranteed death benefit as of the date we
receive due proof of death, minus the contract value, also as of that date, is greater than zero, we will add such
difference to the contract value. Such addition will be allocated to the funds then available in the same proportion as
the contract value in each available fund bears to the contract value in all such funds. If there is no contract value in
any fund then available, the addition will be allocated to the ING Liquid Assets Division, or its successor. Such
addition will fulfill our obligations under the Benefit Option Package, and all amounts will remain invested in the
contract until we receive a request for payment of the death benefit in good order.
We will pay the death benefit upon receipt at our Customer Service Center of due proof of the owners death and any
other information required by us to pay the death benefit or otherwise administer the claim, including election of the
manner in which the death benefit is to be paid.
If we do not receive a request to apply the death benefit proceeds to an income phase option, we will make a single
sum distribution. Unless your beneficiary elects otherwise, the distribution will be made into an interest bearing
account backed by our general account, that is accessed by the beneficiary through a checkbook feature. The
beneficiary may access death benefit proceeds at any time without penalty. Interest paid on this account may be less
than interest paid on other settlement options. We will generally distribute death benefit proceeds within 7 calendar
days after our Customer Service Center has received sufficient information to make the payment. For information on
required distributions under federal income tax laws, you should see Required Distributions upon Death.
You may select one of the option packages described below, which will determine the death benefit payable. Option
Package I is available only if the Contract owner and the annuitant are not more than 80 years old at the time of
purchase. A change in ownership of the contract may affect the amount of the death benefit payable.
The death benefit may be subject to certain mandatory distribution rules required by federal tax law.
PRO.70600-08 49
The death benefit depends upon the option package in effect on the date the contract owner dies.
The differences are summarized as follows:
Option Package I | Option Package II | Option Package III | |||||
The greater of: | The greatest of: | The greatest of: | |||||
Death Benefit on |
(1) | the Standard Death Benefit; and |
(1) the Standard Death Benefit; and |
(1) the Standard Death Benefit; and | |||
Death of the | (2) | the contract value. | (2) the contract value; and | (2) the contract value; and | |||
Owner: | (3) the Annual Ratchet death benefit. |
(3) the Annual Ratchet death benefit; and | |||||
|
(4) the 5% Roll-Up death benefit. | ||||||
For purposes of calculating the 5% Rollup Death Benefit, the following investment options are designated as Special
Funds:
* These funds are not designated as Special Funds for purposes of calculating the 5% Rollup Death Benefit
if the ING LifePay or ING Joint LifePay rider has been selected.
No investment options are currently designated as Excluded Funds. The death benefit for Excluded Funds is the
contract value allocated to Excluded Funds and is tracked for transfer purposes only.
We may, with 30 days notice to you, designate any fund as a Special or Excluded Fund on existing contracts with
respect to new premiums added to such fund, with respect to new transfers to such fund and with respect to the death
benefits to which such designation applies. Selecting a Special or Excluded Fund may limit or reduce the death
benefit.
For the period during which a portion of the contract value is allocated to a Special or Excluded Fund, we may at our
discretion reduce the mortality and expense risk charge attributable to that portion of the contract value. The reduced
mortality and expense risk charge will be applicable only during that period.
We use the Base Death Benefit to help determine the minimum death benefit payable under each of the death benefits
described below. You do not elect the Base Death Benefit. The Base Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:
1) | the contract value; or |
2) | the cash surrender value. |
The Standard Death Benefit equals the greater of the Base Death Benefit or the sum of 1) and 2),:
1) | the contract value allocated to Excluded Funds; and |
2) | the Standard Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for amounts allocated to Covered or Special Funds. |
PRO.70600-08 50
The Standard Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit equals:
1) | premium payments allocated to Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, respectively; |
2) | reduced by a pro-rata adjustment for any withdrawal or transfer taken from Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, respectively. |
In the event of transfers from Excluded to Covered or Special Funds, the increase in the Minimum Guaranteed Death
Benefit for Covered Funds and/or Special Funds will equal the lesser of the reduction in the Minimum Guaranteed
Death Benefit for Excluded Funds and the contract value transferred. In the event of transfers from Covered or
Special Funds to Excluded Funds, the increase in the Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Excluded Funds will
equal the reduction in the Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered or Special Funds.
Currently, no investment options are designated as Special Funds for purposes of calculating the Standard Death
Benefit.
The 5% Roll-Up Death Benefit, equals the greater of:
1) | the Standard Death Benefit; or |
2) | the sum of the contract value allocated to Excluded Funds and the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered Funds and Special Funds. |
The 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered Funds, Special Funds and Excluded Funds equals
the lesser of:
1) | premiums, adjusted for withdrawals and transfers, accumulated at 5% on a daily basis for Covered Funds or Excluded Funds and 0% for Special Funds until the earlier of attainment of age 90 or reaching the cap (equal to 3 times all premium payments, as reduced by adjustments for withdrawals) and thereafter at 0%, or |
2) | the cap. |
A pro-rata adjustment to the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit is made for any withdrawals. The
amount of the pro-rata adjustment for withdrawals will equal (a) divided by (b) times (c): where (a) is the contract
value of the withdrawal; (b) is the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and (c) is the 5% Roll-Up
Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, respectively, immediately prior to the
withdrawal.
Transfers from Excluded to Covered or Special Funds will reduce the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death
Benefit for Excluded Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed
Death Benefit for Covered or Special Funds will equal the lesser of the reduction in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum
Guaranteed Death Benefit for Excluded Funds and the contract value transferred. Transfers from Covered or Special
Funds to Excluded Funds will reduce the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered or Special
Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for
Excluded Funds will equal the reduction in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered or
Special Funds, respectively.
Transfers from Special to Covered Funds will reduce the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for
Special Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for
Covered Funds will equal the reduction in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Special Funds.
Transfers from Covered to Special Funds will reduce the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for
Covered Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for
Special Funds will equal the reduction in the 5% Roll-Up Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered Funds.
The calculation of the cap is not affected by allocation to Covered, Special or Excluded Funds.
PRO.70600-08 51
The Annual Ratchet Enhanced Death Benefit equals the greater of:
1) | the Standard Death Benefit; or |
2) | the sum of the contract value allocated to Excluded Funds and the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit allocated to Covered or Special Funds. |
The Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit equals:
1) | the initial premium allocated at issue to Covered, Special or Excluded Funds, respectively; |
2) | increased dollar for dollar by any premium allocated after issue to Covered, Special or Excluded Funds, respectively; |
3) | adjusted on each anniversary that occurs on or prior to attainment of age 90 to the greater of the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered, Special or Excluded Funds from the prior anniversary (adjusted for new premiums, partial withdrawals and transfers between Covered, Special and Excluded Funds) and the current contract value. A pro-rata adjustment to the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit is made for any withdrawals. The amount of the pro-rata adjustment for withdrawals will equal (a) divided by (b) times (c): where (a) is the contract value of the withdrawal; (b) is the contract value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and (c) is the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered, Special and Excluded Funds, respectively, immediately prior to the withdrawal. Please see Appendix F for examples of the pro-rata withdrawal adjustment for withdrawals. |
Transfers from Excluded to Covered or Special Funds will reduce the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed Death
Benefit for Excluded Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed
Death Benefit for Covered or Special Funds will equal the lesser of the reduction in the Annual Ratchet Minimum
Guaranteed Death Benefit for Excluded Funds and the contract value transferred.
Transfers from Covered or Special Funds to Excluded Funds will reduce the Annual Ratchet Minimum Guaranteed
Death Benefit for Covered or Special Funds on a pro-rata basis. The resulting increase in the Annual Ratchet
Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit for Excluded Funds will equal the reduction in the Annual Ratchet Minimum
Guaranteed Death Benefit for Covered or Special Funds, respectively.
Currently, no investment options are designated as Special Funds for purposes of calculating the Annual Ratchet
Death Benefit.
Examples of how the designation of certain funds as Special Funds affects the calculation of the 5% Roll-up Death
Benefit is included in Appendix G to this prospectus.
Transfers Between Option Packages. You may transfer from one option package to another on each contract
anniversary. A written request for such transfer must be received at our Customer Service Center within 60 days
prior to the contract anniversary. No transfers between option packages are permitted after you attain age 80.
If you transfer from Option I to Option II or Option III, the minimum guaranteed death benefit for Special and Non-
Special Funds will equal the contract value for Special and Non-Special Funds, respectively, on the effective date of
the transfer. On a transfer to Option Package III, the then current roll-up cap will be allocated to Special and Non-
Special Funds in the same percentage as the allocation of contract value on the effective date of the transfer. A
change of owner may cause an option package transfer on other than a contract anniversary.
Death Benefit During the Income Phase
If any contract owner or the annuitant dies after the income phase start date, we will pay the beneficiary any certain
benefit remaining under the annuity in effect at the time.
Continuation After DeathSpouse
If at the contract owners death, the surviving spouse of the deceased contract owner is the beneficiary and such
surviving spouse elects to continue the contract as his or her own the following will apply:
PRO.70600-08 52
If the guaranteed death benefit as of the date we receive due proof of death, minus the contract value also on that date,
is greater than zero, we will add such difference to the contract value. We will allocate such addition to the variable
subaccounts in proportion to the contract value in the subaccounts, unless you direct otherwise. If there is no contract
value in any subaccount, the addition will be allocated to the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount, or its
successor. Such addition to the contract value will not affect the guaranteed death benefit. If the guaranteed death
benefit is less than or equal to the contract value, the contract value will not change.
The death benefits under each of the available options will continue based on the surviving spouses age on the date
that ownership changes. At subsequent surrender, any surrender charge applicable to premiums paid prior to the date
we receive due proof of death of the contract owner will be waived. Any premiums paid later will be subject to any
applicable surrender charge.
Any addition to contract value, as described above, is available only to the spouse of the owner as of the date of death
of the owner if such spouse under the provisions of the contract elects to continue the contract as his or her own.
Continuation After Death - Non Spouse
If the beneficiary is not the spouse of the owner, the contract may continue in force subject to the required distribution
rules of the Tax Code.
If the guaranteed death benefit as of the date we receive due proof of death, minus the contract value also on that date,
is greater than zero, we will add such difference to the contract value. We will allocate such addition to the variable
subaccounts in proportion to the contract value in the subaccounts, unless you direct otherwise. If there is no contract
value in any subaccount, the addition will be allocated to the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount, or its
successor.
The death benefit will then terminate. At subsequent surrender, any surrender charge applicable to premiums paid
prior to the date we receive due proof of death of the contract owner will be waived. No additional premium
payments may be made.
Required Distributions Upon Contract Owners Death
We will not allow any payment of benefits provided under a nonqualified contract which do not satisfy the
requirements of Section 72(s) of the Tax Code.
If any contract owner of a nonqualified contract dies before the income phase payment start date, the death benefit
payable to the beneficiary (calculated as described under Death Benefit Choices in this prospectus) will be
distributed as follows: (a) the death benefit must be completely distributed within 5 years of the contract owners date
of death; or (b) the beneficiary may elect, within the 1-year period after the contract owners date of death, to receive
the death benefit in the form of an annuity from us, provided that (i) such annuity is distributed in substantially equal
installments over the life of such beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such
beneficiary; and (ii) such distributions begin not later than 1 year after the contract owners date of death.
Notwithstanding (a) and (b) above, if the sole contract owners beneficiary is the deceased owners surviving spouse,
then such spouse may elect to continue the contract under the same terms as before the contract owners death. Upon
receipt of such election from the spouse at our Customer Service Center: (1) all rights of the spouse as contract
owners beneficiary under the contract in effect prior to such election will cease; (2) the spouse will become the
owner of the contract and will also be treated as the contingent annuitant, if none has been named and only if the
deceased owner was the annuitant; and (3) all rights and privileges granted by the contract or allowed by the
Company will belong to the spouse as contract owner of the contract. This election will be deemed to have been
made by the spouse if such spouse makes a premium payment to the contract or fails to make a timely election as
described in this paragraph. If the owners beneficiary is a non-spouse, the distribution provisions described in
subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, will apply even if the annuitant and/or contingent annuitant are alive at the time of
the contract owners death.
Subject to availability, and our then current rules, a spousal or non-spousal beneficiary may elect to receive death
benefits as payments over the life expectancy of the beneficiary (stretch). Stretch payments will be subject to the
same limitations as systematic withdrawals, and nonqualified stretch payments will be reported on the same basis
as other systematic withdrawals.
PRO.70600-08 53
If we do not receive an election from a non-spouse owners beneficiary within the 1-year period after the contract
owners date of death, then we will pay the death benefit to the owners beneficiary in a cash payment within five
years from date of death. We will determine the death benefit as of the date we receive proof of death. We will make
payment of the proceeds on or before the end of the 5-year period starting on the owners date of death. Such cash
payment will be in full settlement of all our liability under the contract.
If a contract owner dies after the income phase payment start date, we will continue to distribute any benefit payable
at least as rapidly as under the annuity option then in effect. All of the contract owners rights granted under the
contract or allowed by us will pass to the contract owners beneficiary.
If a contract has joint owners we will consider the date of death of the first joint owner as the death of the contract
owner and the surviving joint owner will become the beneficiary of the contract. If any contract owner is not an
individual, the death of an annuitant shall be treated as the death of the owner.
Effect of ING LifePay Plus and ING Joint LifePay Plus Riders on Death Benefit. Please see ING LifePay Plus
Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit RiderDeath of Owner or Annuitant, ING Joint LifePay Plus Minimum
Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit RiderDeath of Owner or Annuitant, ING LifePay Plus Minimum Guaranteed
Withdrawal Benefit RiderEffect of ING LifePay Plus Rider on Death Benefit and ING Joint LifePay Plus
Minimum Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit RiderEffect of ING Joint LifePay Plus Rider on Death Benefit for
information about the effect of the ING LifePay Plus or the ING Joint LifePay Plus rider on the death benefit under
your contract and a description of the impact of the owners or annuitants death on the ING LifePay Plus or the ING
Joint LifePay Plus rider.
THE INCOME PHASE |
During the income phase, you stop contributing dollars to your contract and start receiving payments from your
accumulated contract value. Living benefit riders automatically terminate when the income phase of your contract
begins.
Initiating Payments. At least 30 days prior to the date you want to start receiving payments, you must notify us in
writing of all of the following:
· | Payment start date; | |
· | Income phase payment option (see the income phase payment options table in this section); | |
· | Payment frequency (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually); | |
· | Choice of fixed, and, if available at the time an income phase payment option is selected, variable or a combination of both fixed and variable payments; and | |
· | Selection of an assumed net investment rate (only if variable payments are elected). |
Your contract will continue in the accumulation phase until you properly start income phase payments. Once an
income phase payment option is selected, it may not be changed. Our current income phase payment options
provide only for fixed payments.
What Affects Payment Amounts? Some of the factors that may affect the amount of your income phase payments
include: your age; gender; contract value; the income phase payment option selected; the number of guaranteed
payments (if any) selected; whether you select fixed, variable or a combination of both fixed and variable payments;
and, for variable payments, the assumed net investment rate selected. Variable payments are not currently available.
Fixed Payments. Amounts funding fixed income phase payments will be held in the Companys general account.
The amount of fixed payments does not vary with investment performance over time.
Variable Payments. Amounts funding your variable income phase payments will be held in the subaccount(s) you
select. Not all subaccounts available during the accumulation phase may be available during the income phase.
Payment amounts will vary depending upon the performance of the subaccounts you select. For variable income
phase payments, you must select an assumed net investment rate. Variable payments are not currently available.
PRO.70600-08 54
Assumed Net Investment Rate. If you select variable income phase payments, you must also select an assumed net
investment rate of either 6%, 5% or 3.5% . If you select a 6% rate, for example, your first income phase payment will
be higher, but subsequent payments will increase only if the investment performance of the subaccounts you selected
is greater than 6% annually, after deduction of fees. Payment amounts will decline if the investment performance is
less than 6%, after deduction of fees.
If you select a 3.5% rate, for example, your first income phase payment will be lower and subsequent payments will
increase more rapidly or decline more slowly depending upon changes to the net investment rate of the subaccounts
you selected. For more information about selecting an assumed net investment rate, call us for a copy of the SAI.
Minimum Payment Amounts. The income phase payment option you select must result in:
If your contract value is too low to meet these minimum payment amounts, you will receive one lump-sum payment.
Unless prohibited by law, we reserve the right to increase the minimum payment amount based on increases reflected
in the Consumer Price Index-Urban (CPI-U) since July 1, 1993.
Restrictions on Start Dates and the Duration of Payments. Income phase payments may not begin during the first
contract year, or, unless we consent, later than the later of:
Income phase payments will not begin until you have selected an income phase payment option. Surrender charges
may apply if income phase payments begin within the first five contract years. Failure to select an income phase
payment option by the later of the annuitants 90th birthday or the tenth anniversary of your last premium payment
may have adverse tax consequences. You should consult with a qualified tax adviser if you are considering delaying
the selection of an income phase payment option before the later of these dates.
Income phase payments may not extend beyond:
a) | The life of the annuitant; |
b) | The joint lives of the annuitant and beneficiary; |
c) | A guaranteed period greater than the annuitants life expectancy; or |
d) | A guaranteed period greater than the joint life expectancies of the annuitant and beneficiary. |
When income phase payments start, the age of the annuitant plus the number of years for which payments are
guaranteed may not exceed 100.
If income phase payments start when the annuitant is at an advanced age, such as over 90, it is possible that the
contract will not be considered an annuity for federal tax purposes.
See Federal Tax Considerations for further discussion of rules relating to income phase payments.
PRO.70600-08 55
Charges Deducted
Death Benefit during the Income Phase. The death benefits that may be available to a beneficiary are outlined in
the income phase payment options table below. If we do not receive a request to apply the death benefit proceeds to
an annuity option, we will make a single sum distribution. Unless you elect otherwise, the distribution will be made
into an interest bearing account, backed by our general account, that is accessed by the beneficiary through a
checkbook feature. The beneficiary may access death benefit proceeds at any time without penalty. Interest paid on
this account may be less than interest paid on other settlement options. We will generally distribute death benefit
proceeds within 7 days after our Customer Service Center has received sufficient information to make the payment.
If continuing income phase payments are elected, the beneficiary may not elect to receive a lump sum at a future date
unless the income phase payment option specifically allows a withdrawal right. We will calculate the value of any
death benefit at the next valuation after we receive proof of death and a request for payment. Such value will be
reduced by any payments made after the date of death.
Beneficiary Rights. A beneficiarys right to elect an income phase payment option or receive a lump-sum payment
may have been restricted by the contract owner. If so, such rights or options will not be available to the beneficiary.
Partial Entry into the Income Phase. You may elect an income phase payment option for a portion of your contract
value, while leaving the remaining portion invested in the accumulation phase. Whether the Tax Code considers such
payments taxable as income phase payments or as withdrawals is currently unclear; therefore, you should consult
with a qualified tax adviser before electing this option. The same or different income phase payment option may be
selected for the portion left invested in the accumulation phase.
Taxation. To avoid certain tax penalties, you or your beneficiary must meet the distribution rules imposed by the
Tax Code. Additionally, when selecting an income phase payment option, the Tax Code requires that your expected
payments will not exceed certain durations. See Federal Tax Considerations.
Payment Options
The following table lists the income phase payment options and accompanying death benefits available during the
income phase. We may offer additional income phase payment options under the contract from time to time. Once
income phase payments begin, the income phase payment option selected may not be changed.
PRO.70600-08 56
Terms to understand:
Annuitant(s): The person(s) on whose life expectancy(ies) the income phase payments are based.
Beneficiary(ies): The person(s) or entity(ies) entitled to receive a death benefit, if any, under the income phase
payment option selected.
Lifetime Income Phase Payment Options | |
Life Income | Length of Payments: For as long as the annuitant lives. It is possible that only one payment will be made if the annuitant dies prior to the second payments due date. Death Benefit-None: All payments end upon the annuitants death. |
Life Income- Guaranteed Payments* |
Length of Payments: For as long as the annuitant lives, with payments guaranteed for your choice of 5 to 30 years or as otherwise specified in the contract. Death Benefit-Payment to the Beneficiary: If the annuitant dies before we have made all the guaranteed payments, we will continue to pay the beneficiary the remaining payments. |
Life Income- Two Livse |
Length of Payments: For as long as either annuitant lives. It is possible that only one payment will be made if both annuitants die before the second payments due date. Continuing Payments: When you select this option you choose for: a) 100%, 66⅔% or 50% of the payment to continue to the surviving annuitant after the first death; or b) 100% of the payment to continue to the annuitant on the second annuitants death, and 50% of the payment to continue to the second annuitant on the annuitants death. Death Benefit-None: All payments end upon the death of both annuitants. |
Life Income- Two Lives Guaranteed Payments* |
Length of Payments: For as long as either annuitant lives, with payments guaranteed from 5 to 30 years or as otherwise specified in the contract. Continuing Payments: 100% of the payment to continue to the surviving annuitant after the first death. Death Benefit-Payment to the Beneficiary: If both annuitants die before we have made all the guaranteed payments, we will continue to pay the beneficiary the remaining payments. |
Life Income- Cash Refund Option (limited availability- fixed payments only) |
Length of Payments: For as long as the annuitant lives. Death Benefit-Payment to the Beneficiary: Following the annuitants death, we will pay a lump sum payment equal to the amount originally applied to the income phase payment option (less any applicable premium tax) and less the total amount of income payments paid. |
Life Income-Two Lives-Cash Refund Option (limited availability-fixed payments only) |
Length of Payments: For as long as either annuitant lives. Continuing Payments: 100% of the payment to continue after the first death. Death Benefit-Payment to the Beneficiary: When both annuitants die we will pay a lump-sum payment equal to the amount applied to the income phase payment option (less any applicable premium tax) and less the total amount of income payments paid. |
Nonlifetime Income Phase Payment Option | |
Nonlifetime- Guaranteed Payments* |
Length of Payments: You may select payments for 5 to 30 years. In certain cases a lump- sum payment may be requested at any time (see below). Death Benefit-Payment to the Beneficiary: If the annuitant dies before we make all the guaranteed payments, we will continue to pay the beneficiary the remaining payments. |
Lump-Sum Payment: If the Nonlifetime-Guaranteed Payments option is elected with variable payments, you may request at any time that all or a portion of the present value of the remaining payments be paid in one lump sum. Any such lump-sum payments will be treated as a withdrawal during the accumulation phase and we will charge any applicable surrender charge. Lump-sum payments will be sent within seven calendar days after we receive the request for payment in good order at our Customer Service Center. We do not currently offer variable payouts. | |
*Guaranteed period payments may not extend beyond the shorter of your life expectancy or until your age 95. | |
PRO.70600-08 57
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS |
Reports to Contract Owners
We will send you a quarterly report within 31 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The report will show the
contract value, cash surrender value, and the death benefit as of the end of the calendar quarter. The report will also
show the allocation of your contract value and reflect the amounts deducted from or added to the contract value since
the last report. You have 30 days to notify our Customer Service Center of any errors or discrepancies contained in
the report or in any confirmation notices. We will also send you copies of any shareholder reports of the funds in
which Separate Account B invests, as well as any other reports, notices or documents we are required by law to
furnish to you.
Suspension of Payments
The Company reserves the right to suspend or postpone the date of any payment or determination of values, beyond
the 7 permitted days, on any business day; (1) when the New York Stock Exchange is closed; (2) when trading on the
New York Stock Exchange is restricted; (3) when an emergency exists as determined by the SEC so that the sale of
securities held in Separate Account B may not reasonably occur or so that the Company may not reasonably
determine the value of Separate Account Bs net assets; or (4) during any other period when the SEC so permits for
the protection of security holders. We have the right to delay payment of amounts from a Fixed Interest Allocation for
up to 6 months.
In Case of Errors in Your Application
If an age or gender given in the application or enrollment form is misstated, the amounts payable or benefits provided
by the contract shall be those that the premium payment would have bought at the correct age or sex.
Assigning the Contract as Collateral
You may assign a non-qualified contract as collateral security for a loan but you should understand that your rights
and any beneficiarys rights may be subject to the terms of the assignment. An assignment likely has federal tax
consequences. You should consult a tax adviser for tax advice. You must give us satisfactory written notice at our
Customer Service Center in order to make or release an assignment. We are not responsible for the validity of any
assignment.
Contract Changes - Applicable Tax Law
We have the right to make changes in the contract to continue to qualify the contract as an annuity under applicable
federal tax law. You will be given advance notice of such changes.
Free Look
If you cancel your contract within 7 days after you receive it, we will return your premium payment. You may cancel
your contract within your 10-day free look period. We deem the free look period to expire 15 days after we mail the
contract to you. Some states may require a longer free look period. To cancel, you need to send your contract to our
Customer Service Center or to the agent from whom you purchased it. We will refund the contract value. For
purposes of the refund during the free look period, (i) we adjust your contract value for any Market Value Adjustment
(if you have invested in the Fixed Account), and (ii) then we include a refund of any charges deducted from your
contract value. Because of the market risks associated with investing in the funds and the potential positive or
negative effect of the market value adjustment, the contract value returned may be greater or less than the premium
payment you paid. In the case of IRAs cancelled within 7 days of receipt of the contract and in some states, we are
required to return to you the amount of the paid premium (rather than the contract value) in which case you will not
be subject to investment risk during the free look period. In these circumstances, your premiums designated for
investment in the subaccounts may be allocated during the free look period to a subaccount specially designated by
the Company for this purpose (currently, the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount). We may, in our discretion,
require that premiums designated for investment in the subaccounts from all other states as well as premiums
designated for a Fixed Interest Allocation be allocated to the specially designated subaccount during the free look
period. Your free look rights depend on the laws of the state in which you purchase your contract. Your contract is
void as of the day we receive your contract and cancellation request. We determine your contract value at the close of
business on the day we receive your written request. If you keep your contract after the free look period and the
investment is allocated to a subaccount specially designated by the Company, we will put your money in the
subaccount(s) chosen by you, based on the accumulation unit value next computed for each subaccount, and/or in the
Fixed Interest Allocation chosen by you.
PRO.70600-08 58
Special Arrangements
We may reduce or waive any contract, rider, or benefit fees or charges for certain group or sponsored arrangements,
under special programs, and for certain employees, agents, and related persons of our parent corporation and its
affiliates. We reduce or waive these items based on expected economies, and the variations are based on differences
in costs or services.
CONTRACT DISTRIBUTION |
Selling the Contract
Our affiliate, Directed Services LLC, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, West Chester, PA 19380 is the principal underwriter
and distributor of the contract as well as for other Company contracts. Directed Services LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and is a
member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
Directed Services LLC does not retain any commissions or compensation paid to it by the Company for contract
sales. Directed Services LLC enters into selling agreements with affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers to sell the
contracts through their registered representatives who are licensed to sell securities and variable insurance products
(selling firms). Selling firms are also registered with the SEC and are FINRA member firms.
The following is a list of broker/dealers that are affiliated with the Company:
| Bancnorth Investment Group, Inc. | | ING Financial Partners, Inc. | |||
| Directed Services LLC | | ING Funds Distributor, LLC | |||
| Financial Network Investment Corporation | | ING Investment Management Services LLC | |||
| Guaranty Brokerage Services, Inc. | | ING Private Wealth Management LLC | |||
| ING America Equities, Inc. | | Multi-Financial Securities Corporation | |||
| ING DIRECT Securities, Inc. | | PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc. | |||
| ING Financial Advisers, LLC | | ShareBuilder Securities Corporation | |||
| ING Financial Markets LLC | | Systematized Benefits Administrators, Inc. |
Directed Services LLC pays selling firms compensation for the promotion and sale of the contracts. Registered
representatives of the selling firms who solicit sales of the contracts typically receive a portion of the compensation
paid by Directed Services LLC to the selling firm in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on
the agreement between the selling firm and the registered representative. This compensation, as well as other
incentives or payments, is not paid directly by contract owners or the Separate Account. We intend to recoup this
compensation and other sales expenses paid to selling firms through fees and charges imposed under the contracts.
Directed Services LLC pays selling firms for contract sales according to one or more schedules. This compensation is
generally based on a percentage of premium payments. Selling firms may receive commissions of up to 7.0% of
premium payments. In addition, selling firms may receive ongoing annual compensation of up to 0.55% of all, or a
portion, of values of contracts sold through the firm. Individual representatives may receive all or a portion of
compensation paid to their selling firm, depending on the firms practices. Commissions and annual compensation,
when combined, could exceed 7.0% of total premium payments. These other promotional incentives or payments
may not be offered to all distributors, and may be limited only to ING Financial Advisers, LLC and other distributors
affiliated with the Company.
Directed Services LLC has special compensation arrangements with certain selling firms based on those firms
aggregate or anticipated sales of the contracts or other criteria. These arrangements may include commission specials,
in which additional commissions may be paid in connection with premium payments received for a limited time
period, within the maximum 7.0% commission rate noted above. These special compensation arrangements will not
be offered to all selling firms, and the terms of such arrangements may differ among selling firms based on various
factors. These special compensation arrangements may be limited only to ING Financial Advisers, LLC and other
distributors affiliated with the Company. Any such compensation payable to a selling firm will not result in any
additional direct charge to you by us.
PRO.70600-08 59
In addition to the direct cash compensation for sales of contracts described above, Directed Services LLC may also
pay selling firms additional compensation or reimbursement of expenses for their efforts in selling the contracts to
you and other customers. These amounts may include:
We may pay commissions, dealer concessions, wholesaling fees, overrides, bonuses, other allowances and benefits
and the costs of all other incentives or training programs from our resources, which include the fees and charges
imposed under the Contract.
The following is a list of the top 25 selling firms that, during 2007, received the most compensation, in the aggregate,
from us in connection with the sale of registered annuity contracts issued by us, ranked by total dollars received:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. |
LPL Financial Corporation ING Financial Partners, Inc. Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. ING Financial Partners, Inc. - CAREER Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. UBS Financial Services, Inc. A. G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Financial Network Investment Corporation Wachovia Securities, LLC Multi-Financial Securities Corporation Wachovia Securities, LLC Bank |
14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. |
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. ING Financial Advisers, LLC Chase Investment Services Corporation Woodbury Financial Services Inc. Morgan Keegan and Company Inc. Royal Alliance Associates, Inc. Securities America, Inc. National Planning Corporation Banc of America Investment Services Inc. Centaurus Financial Inc. MML Investors Services, Inc. | |||||
Directed Services LLC may also compensate wholesalers/distributors, and their sales management personnel, for
contract sales within the wholesale/distribution channel. This compensation may be based on a percentage of
premium payments and/or a percentage of contract values. Directed Services LLC may, at its discretion, pay
additional cash compensation to wholesalers/distributors for sales by certain broker-dealers or focus firms.
We do not pay any additional compensation on the sale or exercise of any of the contracts optional benefit riders
offered in this prospectus.
PRO.70600-08 60
This is a general discussion of the types and levels of compensation paid by us for sales of our variable annuity
contracts. It is important for you to know that the payment of volume- or sales-based compensation to a selling firm
or registered representative may provide that registered representative a financial incentive to promote our contracts
over those of another company, and may also provide a financial incentive to promote one of our contracts over
another.
OTHER INFORMATION |
Loans. We do not currently permit loans under Section 403(b) contracts that are subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). Loans may be available if you purchased your contract in
connection with a non-ERISA 403(b) plan. If your contract was issued in connection with a 403(b) plan and the
terms of your plan permit, you may take a loan, using your surrender value as collateral for the loan. Loans are
subject to the terms of the contract, your 403(b) plan, the Tax Code and other federal and state regulations. The
amount and number of loans outstanding at any one time under your tax-deferred annuity are limited, whether under
our contracts or those of other carriers. Tax-deferred annuity loans are not available for contracts issued in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. We may modify the terms of a loan to comply with changes in applicable law.
Various mandatory repayment requirements apply to loans, and failure to repay generally will result in income to you
and the potential application of tax penalties. We urge you to consult with a qualified tax advisor prior to effecting a
loan transaction under your contract. We may apply additional restrictions or limitations on loans, and you must
make loan requests in accordance with our administrative practices and loan requests procedures in effect at the time
you submit your request. Read the terms of the loan agreement before submitting any request. We reserve the right
not to grant a loan request if the participant has an outstanding loan in default.
Any outstanding loan balance impacts the following:
The portion of any contract value used to pay off an outstanding loan balance will reduce the ING LifePay Plus Base,
ING Joint LifePay Plus Base or Maximum Annual Withdrawal as applicable. We do not recommend the ING
LifePay Plus or ING Joint LifePay Plus rider if loans are contemplated.
Voting Rights
We will vote the shares of a fund owned by Separate Account B according to your instructions. However, if the 1940
Act or any related regulations should change, or if interpretations of it or related regulations should change, and we
decide that we are permitted to vote the shares of a fund in our own right, we may decide to do so.
We determine the number of shares that you have in a subaccount by dividing the contracts contract value in that
subaccount by the net asset value of one share of the fund in which a subaccount invests. We count fractional votes.
We will determine the number of shares you can instruct us to vote 180 days or less before a fund shareholder
meeting. We will ask you for voting instructions by mail at least 10 days before the meeting. If we do not receive
your instructions in time, we will vote the shares in the same proportion as the instructions received from all contracts
in that subaccount. We will also vote shares we hold in Separate Account B which are not attributable to contract
owners in the same proportion.
State Regulation
We are regulated by the Insurance Department of the State of Iowa. We are also subject to the insurance laws and
regulations of all jurisdictions where we do business. The variable contract offered by this prospectus has been
approved where required by those jurisdictions. We are required to submit annual statements of our operations,
including financial statements, to the Insurance Departments of the various jurisdictions in which we do business to
determine solvency and compliance with state insurance laws and regulations.
PRO.70600-08 61
Legal Proceedings
We are not aware of any pending legal proceedings which involve Separate Account B as a party.
The Company is involved in threatened or pending lawsuits/arbitrations arising from the normal conduct of business.
Due to the climate in insurance and business litigation/arbitrations, suits against the Company sometimes include
claims for substantial compensatory, consequential, or punitive damages and other types of relief. Moreover, certain
claims are asserted as class actions, purporting to represent a group of similarly situated individuals. While it is not
possible to forecast the outcome of such lawsuits/arbitrations, in light of existing insurance, reinsurance, and
established reserves, it is the opinion of management that the disposition of such lawsuits/arbitrations will not have a
materially adverse effect on the Companys operations or financial position.
Directed Services LLC, the principal underwriter and distributor of the contract, is a party to threatened or pending
lawsuits/arbitration that generally arise from the normal conduct of business. Some of these suits may seek class
action status and sometimes include claims for substantial compensatory, consequential or punitive damages and
other types of relief. Directed Services LLC is not involved in any legal proceeding which, in the opinion of
management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on its ability to distribute the contract.
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS |
Introduction
This section discusses our understanding of current federal income tax laws affecting the contract. You should keep
the following in mind when reading it:
We do not intend this information to be tax advice. For advice about the effect of federal income taxes or any other
taxes on amounts held or paid out under the contract, consult a tax adviser. No attempt is made to provide more than
general information about the use of the contracts with tax-qualified retirement arrangements.
For more comprehensive information, contact the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
Types of Contracts: Nonqualified or Qualified
The contract may be purchased on a non-tax-qualified basis (nonqualified contracts) or purchased on a tax-qualified
basis (qualified contracts).
Nonqualified contracts are purchased with after tax contributions and are not related to retirement plans or programs
that receive special income tax treatment under the Tax Code.
Qualified contracts are designed for use by individuals and/or employers whose premium payments are comprised
solely of proceeds from and/or contributions under retirement plans or programs intended to qualify for special
income tax treatment under Sections 403(b), 408, or 408A of the Tax Code.
Taxation of Nonqualified Contracts
Taxation of Gains Prior to Distribution
Tax Code section 72 governs taxation of annuities in general. We believe that if you are a natural person you will
generally not be taxed on increases in the value of a nonqualified contract until a distribution occurs or until income
phase payments begin. This assumes that the contract will qualify as an annuity contract for federal income tax
purposes. For these purposes, the agreement to assign or pledge any portion of the contract value generally will be
treated as a distribution. In order to be eligible to receive deferral of taxation, the following requirements must be
satisfied:
PRO.70600-08 62
Investor Control. Although earnings under nonqualified contracts are generally not taxed until withdrawn, the
IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of separate account
assets if the contract owner possesses incidents of investment control over the assets. In these circumstances, income
and gains from the separate account assets would be currently includible in the variable contract owners gross
income. Future guidance regarding the extent to which contract owners could direct their investments among
subaccounts without being treated as owners of the underlying assets of the separate account may adversely affect the
tax treatment of existing contracts. The Company therefore reserves the right to modify the contract as necessary to
attempt to prevent the contract holder from being considered the federal tax owner of a pro rata share of the assets of
the separate account.
Required Distributions. In order to be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes, the Tax
Code requires any nonqualified contract to contain certain provisions specifying how your interest in the contract will
be distributed in the event of your death. The nonqualified contracts contain provisions that are intended to comply
with these Tax Code requirements, although no regulations interpreting these requirements have yet been issued. We
intend to review such distribution provisions and modify them if necessary to assure that they comply with the
applicable requirements when such requirements are clarified by regulation or otherwise.
Non-Natural Holders of a Nonqualified Contract. If you are not a natural person, a nonqualified contract
generally is not treated as an annuity for income tax purposes and the income on the contract for the taxable year is
currently taxable as ordinary income. Income on the contract is any increase over the year in the excess of the
contract value over the investment in the contract (generally, the premiums or other consideration you paid for the
contract less any nontaxable withdrawals) during the taxable year. There are some exceptions to this rule and a non-
natural person should consult with its tax adviser prior to purchasing the contract. A non-natural person exempt from
federal income taxes should consult with its tax adviser regarding treatment of income on the contract for purposes of
the unrelated business income tax. When the contract owner is not a natural person, a change in the annuitant is
treated as the death of the contract owner.
Delayed Income Phase Starting Date. If the contracts income phase start date occurs (or is scheduled to
occur) at a time when the annuitant has reached an advanced age (e.g., age 85), it is possible that the contract would
not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the contract
could be currently includible in your income.
Diversification. Tax Code section 817(h) requires that in a nonqualified contract the investments of the funds be
adequately diversified in accordance with Treasury Regulations in order for the contract to qualify as an annuity
contract under federal tax law. The separate account, through the funds, intends to comply with the diversification
requirements prescribed by Tax Code section 817(h) and by the Treasury in Reg. Sec. 1.817 -5, which affects how the
funds assets may be invested. If it is determined, however, that your contract does not satisfy the applicable
diversification regulations and rulings because a subaccounts corresponding fund fails to be adequately diversified
for whatever reason, we will take appropriate and reasonable steps to bring your contract into compliance with such
regulations and rulings, and we reserve the right to modify your contract as necessary in order to do so.
Taxation of Distributions
General. When a withdrawal from a nonqualified contract occurs, the amount received will be treated as
ordinary income subject to tax up to an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the contract value (unreduced by the
amount of any surrender charge) immediately before the distribution over the contract owners investment in the
contract at that time. Investment in the contract is generally equal to the amount of all contributions to the contract,
plus amounts previously included in your gross income as the result of certain loans, assignments or gifts, less the
aggregate amount of non-taxable distributions previously made.
In the case of a surrender under a nonqualified contract, the amount received generally will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the contract owners cost basis in the contract.
10% Penalty Tax. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable portion of a distribution from a nonqualified
deferred annuity contract unless certain exceptions apply including one or more of the following:
(a) | You have attained age 59½; |
(b) | You or (the annuitant if the contract owner is a non-natural person) have died; |
(c) | You have become disabled as defined in the Tax Code; |
(d) | The distribution is made in substantially equal periodic payments (at least annually)over your life or life expectancy or the joint lives or joint life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary; or |
(e) | The distribution is allocable to investment in the contract before August 14, 1982. |
PRO.70600-08 63
The 10% penalty does not apply to distributions from an immediate annuity as defined in the Tax Code. Other
exceptions may be applicable under certain circumstances and special rules may be applicable in connection with the
exceptions enumerated above. A tax adviser should be consulted with regard to exceptions from the penalty tax.
Tax-Free Exchanges. Section 1035 of the Tax Code permits the exchange of a life insurance, endowment or
annuity contract for an annuity contract on a tax-free basis. In such instance, the investment in the contract in the
old contract will carry over to the new contract. You should consult with your tax advisor regarding procedures for
making Section 1035 exchanges.
If your contract is purchased through a tax-free exchange of a life insurance, endowment or annuity contract that was
purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any distributions other than income phase payments will be treated, for tax
purposes, as coming:
The IRS has concluded that in certain instances, the partial exchange of a portion of one annuity contract for another
contract will be tax-free. However, the IRS has reserved the right to treat transactions it considers abusive as
ineligible for favorable partial 1035 tax-free exchange treatment. It is not certain whether the IRS would treat an
immediate withdrawal or annuitization after a partial exchange as abusive. In addition, it is unclear how the IRS will
treat a partial exchange from a life insurance, endowment, or annuity contract directly into an immediate annuity.
Currently, we will accept a partial 1035 exchange from a nonqualified annuity into a deferred annuity or an
immediate annuity as a tax-free transaction unless we believe that we would be expected to treat the transaction as
abusive. We are not responsible for the manner in which any other insurance company, for tax-reporting purposes, or
the IRS, with respect to the ultimate tax treatment, recognizes or reports a partial exchange. We strongly advise you
to discuss any proposed 1035 exchange with your tax advisor prior to proceeding with the transaction.
Taxation of Income Phase Payments. Although tax consequences may vary depending on the payment option
elected under an annuity contract, a portion of each income phase payment is generally not taxed and the remainder is
taxed as ordinary income. The non-taxable portion of an income phase payment is generally determined in a manner
that is designed to allow you to recover your investment in the contract ratably on a tax-free basis over the expected
stream of income phase payments, as determined when income phase payments start. Once your investment in the
contract has been fully recovered, however, the full amount of each subsequent income phase payment is subject to
tax as ordinary income. The tax treatment of partial annuitizations is unclear. We currently treat any partial
annuitizations as withdrawals rather than as income phase payments. Please consult your tax adviser before electing a
partial annuitization.
Death Benefits. Amounts may be distributed from a contract because of your death or the death of the annuitant.
Generally, such amounts are includible in the income of the recipient as follows: (i) if distributed in a lump sum,
such amounts are taxed in the same manner as a surrender of the contract, or (ii) if distributed under a payment
option, they are taxed in the same way as income phase payments. Special rules may apply to amounts distributed
after a beneficiary has elected to maintain contract value and receive payments.
Different distribution requirements apply if your death occurs:
· | After you begin receiving income phase payments under the contract; or |
· | Before you begin receiving such distributions. |
If your death occurs after you begin receiving income phase payments, distributions must be made at least as rapidly
as under the method in effect at the time of your death.
PRO.70600-08 64
If your death occurs before you begin receiving income phase payments, your entire balance must be distributed
within five years after the date of your death. For example, if you died on September 1, 2008, your entire balance
must be distributed by August 31, 2013. However, if distributions begin within one year of your death, then payments
may be made over one of the following timeframes:
· | Over the life of the designated beneficiary; or |
· | Over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary. |
If the designated beneficiary is your spouse, the contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the new
contract owner. If the contract owner is a non-natural person and the primary annuitant dies, the same rules apply on
the death of the primary annuitant as outlined above for death of a contract owner.
The contract offers a death benefit that may exceed the greater of the premium payments and the contract value.
Certain charges are imposed with respect to the death benefit. It is possible that these charges (or some portion
thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a distribution from the contract.
Assignments and Other Transfers. A transfer, pledge or assignment of ownership of a nonqualified contract,
the selection of certain annuity dates, or the designation of an annuitant or payee other than an owner may result in
certain tax consequences to you that are not discussed herein. The assignment, pledge or agreement to assign or
pledge any portion of the contract value generally will be treated as a distribution. Anyone contemplating any such
transfer, selection, assignment, designation or exchange, should consult a tax adviser regarding the potential tax
effects of such a transaction.
Immediate Annuities. Under section 72 of the Tax Code, an immediate annuity means an annuity (i) that is
purchased with a single premium, (ii) with income phase payments starting within one year from the date of purchase,
and (iii) that provides a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually or more frequently. While this
contract is not designed as an immediate annuity, treatment as an immediate annuity would have significance with
respect to exceptions from the 10% early withdrawal penalty, to contracts owned by non-natural persons, and for
certain exchanges.
Multiple Contracts. Tax laws require that all deferred nonqualified annuity contracts that are issued by a company
or its affiliates to the same contract owner during any calendar year be treated as one annuity contract for purposes of
determining the amount includible in gross income under Tax Code section 72(e). In addition, the Treasury
Department has specific authority to issue regulations that prevent the avoidance of Tax Code section 72(e) through
the serial purchase of annuity contracts or otherwise.
Withholding. We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a
contract unless the distributee notifies us at or before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any
amounts withheld. Withholding is mandatory, however, if the distributee fails to provide a valid taxpayer
identification number or if we are notified by the IRS that the taxpayer identification number we have on file is
incorrect. The withholding rates applicable to the taxable portion of periodic income phase payments are the same as
the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In addition, a 10% withholding rate applies to the
taxable portion of non-periodic payments. Regardless of whether you elect not to have federal income tax withheld,
you are still liable for payment of federal income tax on the taxable portion of the payment.
If you or your designated beneficiary is a non-resident alien, then any withholding is governed by Tax Code section
1441 based on the individuals citizenship, the country of domicile and treaty status.
PRO.70600-08 65
Taxation of Qualified Contracts
General
The contracts are primarily designed for use with IRAs under Tax Code section 408 and 408A and Tax Code section
403(b) plans (We refer to all of these as qualified plans). The tax rules applicable to participants in these qualified
plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. The ultimate effect of federal
income taxes on the amounts held under a contract, or on income phase payments, depends on the type of retirement
plan or program, the tax and employment status of the individual concerned, and on your tax status. Special favorable
tax treatment may be available for certain types of contributions and distributions. In addition, certain requirements
must be satisfied in purchasing a qualified contract with proceeds from a tax-qualified plan in order to continue
receiving favorable tax treatment.
Adverse tax consequences may result from: contributions in excess of specified limits; distributions before age 59½
(subject to certain exceptions); distributions that do not conform to specified commencement and minimum
distribution rules; and in other specified circumstances. Some qualified plans may be subject to additional
distribution or other requirements that are not incorporated into the contract. No attempt is made to provide more
than general information about the use of the contracts with qualified plans. Contract owners, annuitants, and
beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under these qualified plans may be subject to
the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the contract. The
Company is not bound by the terms and conditions of such plans to the extent such terms contradict the contract,
unless we consent.
Generally, contract owners and beneficiaries are responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and
other transactions with respect to the contract comply with applicable law. Therefore, you should seek competent
legal and tax advice regarding the suitability of a contract for your particular situation. The following discussion
assumes that qualified contracts are purchased with proceeds from and/or contributions under retirement plans or
programs that qualify for the intended special federal tax treatment.
Tax Deferral
Under the federal tax laws, earnings on amounts held in annuity contracts are generally not taxed until they are
withdrawn. However, in the case of a qualified plan (as defined in this prospectus), an annuity contract is not
necessary to obtain this favorable tax treatment and does not provide any tax benefits beyond the deferral already
available to the qualified plan itself. Annuities do provide other features and benefits (such as guaranteed living
benefits and/or death benefits or the option of lifetime income phase options at established rates) that may be valuable
to you. You should discuss your alternatives with your financial representative taking into account the additional fees
and expenses you may incur in an annuity.
Section 403(b) Tax-Deferred Annuities. Prior to September 17, 2007, the contracts were available as Tax Code
section 403(b) tax-deferred annuities. Section 403(b) of the Tax Code allows employees of certain Tax Code section
501(c)(3) organizations and public schools to exclude from their gross income the premium payments made, within
certain limits, to a contract that will provide an annuity for the employees retirement.
In July 2007, the Treasury Department issued final regulations that are generally effective January 1, 2009. These
final regulations may be relied upon prior to that date as long as reliance is on a reasonable and consistent basis. We
reserve the right to modify the contracts to comply with these regulations where allowed, or where required by law.
The final regulations include: (a) a written plan requirement; (b) the ability to terminate a 403(b) plan, which would
entitle a participant to a distribution; (c) the replacement of IRS Revenue Ruling 90-24 with new exchange rules
effective September 25, 2007 and requiring information sharing between the 403(b) plan sponsor and/or its delegate
and the product provider as well as new plan-to-plan transfer rules (under these new exchange and transfer rules, the
403(b) plan sponsor can elect not to permit exchanges or transfers); and (d) new distribution rules for 403(b)(1)
annuities that would impose withdrawal restrictions on non-salary reduction contribution amounts in addition to
salary reduction contribution amounts, as well as other changes.
PRO.70600-08 66
Individual Retirement Annuities. Section 408 of the Tax Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an
individual retirement program known as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). IRAs are subject to limits on the
amounts that can be contributed, the deductible amount of the contribution, the persons who may be eligible, and the
time when distributions commence. Also, distributions from IRAs, individual retirement accounts, and other types of
retirement plans may be rolled over on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA. If you make a tax-free rollover of a
distribution from an IRA you may not make another tax-free rollover from the IRA within a 1-year period. Sales of
the contract for use with IRAs may be subject to special requirements of the IRS.
The IRS has not reviewed the contracts described in this prospectus for qualification as IRAs and has not addressed,
in a ruling of general applicability, whether the contracts death benefit provisions comply with IRS qualification
requirements.
Roth IRAs. Section 408A of the Tax Code permits certain eligible individuals to contribute to a Roth IRA.
Contributions to a Roth IRA are subject to limits on the amount of contributions and the persons who may be eligible
to contribute, are not deductible, and must be made in cash or as a rollover or transfer from another Roth IRA or other
IRA. Certain qualifying individuals may convert an IRA, SEP, or a SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for
Employees) to a Roth IRA. Such rollovers and conversions are subject to tax, and other special rules may apply. If
you make a tax-free rollover of a distribution from a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA, you may not make another tax-
free rollover from the Roth IRA from which the rollover was made within a 1-year period. A 10% penalty may apply
to amounts attributable to a conversion to a Roth IRA if the amounts are distributed during the five taxable years
beginning with the year in which the conversion was made.
Sales of a contract for use with a Roth IRA may be subject to special requirements of the IRS. The IRS has not
reviewed the contracts described in this prospectus for qualification as IRAs and has not addressed, in a ruling of
general applicability, whether the contracts death benefit provisions comply with IRS qualification requirements.
Contributions
In order to be excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes, total annual contributions to certain
qualified plans are limited by the Tax Code. You should consult with your tax adviser in connection with
contributions to a qualified contract.
DistributionsGeneral
Certain tax rules apply to distributions from the contract. A distribution is any amount taken from a contract
including withdrawals, income phase payments, rollovers, exchanges and death benefit proceeds. We report the
taxable portion of all distributions to the IRS.
403(b) Plans. All distributions from these plans are taxed as received unless one of the following is true:
A payment is an eligible rollover distribution unless it is:
PRO.70600-08 67
The Tax Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of any distribution from a contract used with a
403(b) plan, unless certain exceptions, including one or more of the following, have occurred.
a) | You have attained age 59½; |
b) | You have become disabled, as defined in the Tax Code; |
c) | You have died and the distribution is to your beneficiary; |
d) | You have separated from service with the sponsor at or after age 55; |
e) | The distribution amount is rolled over into another eligible retirement plan or to an IRA in accordance with the terms of the Tax Code; |
f) | You have separated from service with the plan sponsor and the distribution amount is made in substantially equal periodic payments (at least annually) over your life or the life expectancy or the joint lives or joint life expectancies of you and your designated beneficiary; |
g) | The distribution is made due to an IRS levy upon your plan; |
h) | The withdrawal amount is paid to an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO); or |
i) | The distribution is a qualified reservist distribution as defined under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (403(b) plans only). |
In addition, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to the amount of a distribution equal to unreimbursed medical
expenses incurred by you during the taxable year that qualify for deduction as specified in the Tax Code. The Tax
Code may provide other exceptions or impose other penalty taxes in other circumstances.
Effective January 1, 2009, and for any contracts or participant accounts established on or after that date, the new
403(b) regulations prohibit the distribution of amounts attributable to employer contributions before the earlier of
your severance from employment or prior to the occurrence of some event, such as after a fixed number of years, the
attainment of a stated age, or disability.
Distribution of amounts restricted under Tax Code section 403(b)(11) may only occur upon your death, attainment of
age 59½, severance from employment, disability or financial hardship, or under other exceptions as provided for by
the Tax Code or regulations. Such distributions remain subject to other applicable restrictions under the Tax Code.
If the Company agrees to accept amounts exchanged from a Tax Code section 403(b)(7) custodial account, such
amounts will be subject to the withdrawal restrictions set forth in Tax Code section 403(b)(7)(A)(ii).
Individual Retirement Annuities. All distributions from an IRA are taxed as received unless either one of the
following is true:
▷
The distribution is rolled over to another IRA or to a plan eligible to receive rollovers as permitted under the Tax
Code; or
▷
You made after-tax contributions to the IRA. In this case, the distribution will be taxed according to rules
detailed in the Tax Code.
The Tax Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of any distribution from an IRA unless an exception
applies. In general, except for the exception for separation from service, the exceptions for 403(b) plans listed above
also apply to distributions from an IRA including the qualified reservist distribution. The 10% penalty tax does not
apply to a distribution made from an IRA to pay for health insurance premiums for certain unemployed individuals, a
qualified first-time home purchase, or for higher education expenses.
Roth IRAs. A qualified distribution from a Roth IRA is not taxed when it is received. A qualified distribution is
a distribution:
▷
Made after the five-taxable year period beginning with the first taxable year for which a contribution was made to
a Roth IRA of the owner; and
▷
Made after you attain age 59½, die, become disabled as defined in the Tax Code, or for a qualified first-time
home purchase.
If a distribution is not qualified, it will be taxable to the extent of the accumulated earnings. A partial distribution will
first be treated as a return of contributions which is not taxable and then as taxable accumulated earnings.
PRO.70600-08 68
The Tax Code imposes a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of any distribution from a Roth IRA that is not a
qualified distribution unless certain exceptions have occurred. In general, the exceptions for an IRA described above
also apply to a distribution from a Roth IRA that is not a qualified distribution or a rollover to a Roth IRA that is not a
qualified rollover contribution. The 10% penalty tax is also waived on a distribution made from a Roth IRA to pay for
health insurance premiums for certain unemployed individuals, used for a qualified first-time home purchase, or for
higher education expenses.
Special Hurricane-Related Relief. The Katrina Emergency Tax Relief Act and the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act
provide tax relief to victims of Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma. The relief includes a waiver of the 10% penalty
tax on qualified hurricane distributions from eligible retirement plans (IRA and 403(b)). In addition, the 20%
mandatory withholding rules do not apply to these distributions and the tax may be spread out ratably over a three-
year period. A recipient of qualified hurricane distribution may also elect to re-contribute all or a portion of the
distribution to an eligible retirement plan within three (3) years of receipt without tax consequences. Other relief may
also apply. You should consult a competent tax adviser for further information.
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions (IRA and 403(b) only). To avoid certain tax penalties, you and
any designated beneficiary must also meet the minimum distribution requirements imposed by the Tax Code. The
requirements do not apply to Roth IRA contracts while the owner is living. These rules may dictate the following:
Start Date and Time Period. Generally, you must begin receiving distributions from a traditional IRA by April
1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70½. We must pay out distributions from
the contract over a period not extending beyond one of the following time periods:
Distribution Amounts. The amount of each required distribution must be calculated in accordance with Tax
Code section 401(a)(9). The entire interest in the account includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer,
recharacterization, if applicable, and the actuarial present value of any other benefits provided under the account, such
as guaranteed death benefits.
50% Excise Tax. If you fail to receive the minimum required distribution for any tax year, a 50% excise tax
may be imposed on the required amount that was not distributed.
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions are not applicable to Roth IRAs. Further information regarding required
minimum distributions may be found in your contract.
Required Distributions Upon Death (Section 403(b), IRAs and Roth IRAs Only). Different distribution
requirements apply after your death, depending upon if you have been receiving required minimum distributions.
Further information regarding required distributions upon death may be found in your contract.
If your death occurs on or after you begin receiving minimum distributions under the contract, distributions generally
must be made at least as rapidly as under the method in effect at the time of your death. Tax Code section 401(a)(9)
provides specific rules for calculating the required minimum distributions after your death.
If your death occurs before you begin receiving minimum distributions under the contract, your entire balance must
be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the date of your death. For
example, if you died on September 1, 2008, your entire balance must be distributed to the designated beneficiary by
December 31, 2013. However, if distributions begin by December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar
year of your death, and you have named a designated beneficiary, then payments may be made within one of the
following timeframes:
▷
Over the life of the designated beneficiary; or
▷
Over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary.
PRO.70600-08 69
Start Dates for Spousal Beneficiaries. If the designated beneficiary is your spouse, distributions must begin on
or before the later of the following:
▷
December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of your death; or
▷
December 31 of the calendar year in which you would have attained age 70½.
No Designated Beneficiary. If there is no designated beneficiary, the entire interest generally must be
distributed by the end of the calendar containing the fifth anniversary of the contract owners death.
Special Rule for IRA Spousal Beneficiaries (IRAs and Roth IRAs Only). In lieu of taking a distribution under
these rules, if the sole designated beneficiary is the contract owners surviving spouse, the spousal beneficiary may
elect to treat the contract as his or her own IRA and defer taking a distribution until his or her own start date. The
surviving spouse is deemed to have made such an election if the surviving spouse makes a rollover to or from the
contract or fails to take a distribution within the required time period.
Withholding
Any taxable distributions under the contract are generally subject to withholding. Federal income tax liability rates
vary according to the type of distribution and the recipients tax status.
403(b) Plans. Generally, distributions from these plans are subject to a mandatory 20% federal income tax
withholding. However, mandatory withholding will not be required if you elect a direct rollover of the distributions to
an eligible retirement plan or in the case of certain distributions described in the Tax Code.
IRAs and Roth IRAs. Generally, you or, if applicable, a designated beneficiary may elect not to have tax
withheld from distributions.
Non-resident Aliens. If you or your designated beneficiary is a non-resident alien, then any withholding is
governed by Tax Code section 1441 based on the individuals citizenship, the country of domicile and treaty status.
Assignment and Other Transfers
Section 403(b) Plans. Adverse tax consequences to the plan and/or to you may result if your beneficial interest
in the contract is assigned or transferred to persons other than:
IRAS and Roth IRAs. The Tax Code does not allow a transfer or assignment of your rights under the contracts
except in limited circumstances. Adverse tax consequences may result if you assign or transfer your interest in the
contract to persons other than your spouse incident to a divorce. Anyone contemplating such an assignment or
transfer should contact a qualified tax adviser regarding the potential tax effects of such a transaction.
Tax Consequences of Living Benefits and Death Benefits
Living Benefits. Except as otherwise noted below, when a withdrawal from a nonqualified contract occurs
under a minimum guaranteed withdrawal benefit rider (including the ING LifePay/ING Joint LifePay riders or the
ING LifePay Plus/ING Joint LifePay Plus riders), the amount received will be treated as ordinary income subject to
tax up to an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the contract value (unreduced by the amount of any deferred sales
charge) immediately before the distribution over the contract owners investment in the contract at that time.
PRO.70600-08 70
Investment in the contract is generally equal to the amount of all contributions to the contract, plus amounts
previously included in your gross income as the result of certain loans, assignments, or gifts, less the aggregate
amount of non-taxable distributions previously made. For nonqualified contracts, the income on the contract for
purposes of calculating the taxable amount of a distribution may be unclear. For example, the living benefits
provided under a MGWB rider (including the ING LifePay/ING Joint Life Pay riders or the ING LifePay Plus/ING
Joint LifePay Plus riders), or the MGIB rider, as well as the market value adjustment, could increase the contract
value that applies. Thus, the income on the contract could be higher than the amount of income that would be
determined without regard to such a benefit. As a result, you could have higher amounts of income than will be
reported to you. In addition, payments under any guaranteed payment phase of such riders after the contract value
has been reduced to zero may be subject to the exclusion ratio rules under Tax Code section 72(b) for tax purposes.
The tax treatment of partial annuitizations is unclear. We currently treat any partial annuitization, such as those
associated with the minimum guaranteed income benefit as withdrawals rather than income phase payments. Please
consult your tax adviser before electing a partial annuitization.
Enhanced Death Benefits. The contract offers a death benefit that may exceed the greater of the premium
payments and the contract value. It is possible that the IRS could characterize such a death benefit as an incidental
death benefit. There are limitations on the amount of incidental benefits that may be provided under pension and
profit sharing plans. In addition, the provision of such benefits may result in currently taxable income to contract
owners, and the presence of the death benefit could affect the amount of required minimum distributions. Finally,
certain charges are imposed with respect to some of the available death benefits. It is possible those charges (or some
portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a distribution from the contract.
Possible Changes in Taxation
Although the likelihood of legislative change and tax reform is uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax
treatment of the contracts could change by legislation or other means. It is also possible that any change could be
retroactive (that is, effective before the date of the change). The Pension Protection Act of 2006 made permanent
pension and IRA provisions under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. You should
consult a tax adviser with respect to legislative developments and their effect on the contract.
Taxation of the Company
We are taxed as a life insurance company under the Tax Code. The separate account is not a separate entity from us.
Therefore, it is not taxed separately as a regulated investment company, but is taxed as part of the Company.
We automatically apply investment income and capital gains attributable to the separate account to increase reserves
under the contracts. Because of this, under existing federal tax law we believe that any such income and gains will
not be taxed to the extent that such income and gains are applied to increase reserves under the contracts. In addition,
any foreign tax credits attributable to the separate account will be first used to reduce any income taxes imposed on
the separate account before being used by the Company.
In summary, we do not expect that we will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to the separate account
and we do not intend to make any provision for such taxes. However, changes in federal tax laws and/or their
interpretation may result in our being taxed on income or gains attributable to the separate account. In this case, we
may impose a charge against the separate account (with respect to some or all of the contracts) to set aside provisions
to pay such taxes. We may deduct this amount from the separate account, including from your contract value
invested in the subaccounts.
PRO.70600-08 71
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION |
Table of Contents
Introduction
Description of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
Separate Account B
Safekeeping of Assets
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Distribution of Contracts
IRA Partial Withdrawal Option
Other Information
Financial Statements of Separate Account B
Financial Statements of ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
________________________________________________________________________________________
Please tear off, complete and return the form below to order a free Statement of Additional Information for the
contracts offered under the prospectus, free of charge. Address the form to our Customer Service Center; the
address is shown on the prospectus cover.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _
PLEASE SEND ME:
¨ A FREE COPY OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR SEPARATE
ACCOUNT B
Please Print or Type:
__________________________________________________
Name
__________________________________________________
Social Security Number
__________________________________________________
Street Address
__________________________________________________
City, State, Zip
&
nbsp; 04/28/2008
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _
PRO.70600-08 72
APPENDIX A |
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION |
Except for subaccounts which did not commence operations as of December 31, 2007, the following tables give (1) the accumulation unit value (AUV) at the
beginning of the period, (2) the AUV at the end of the period and (3) the total number of accumulation units outstanding at the end of the period for each
subaccount of ING USA Separate Account B available under the Contract for the indicated periods.
Separate Account Annual Charges of 0.75 % & nbsp; |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.27 $18.94 754,188 |
$14.71 $16.27 913,687 |
$12.70 $14.71 599,653 |
$11.11 $12.70 337,248 |
$8.73 $11.11 234,386 |
$9.74 $8.73 18,395 | ||||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.06 $14.13 344,699 |
$11.81 $14.06 382,560 |
$11.27 $11.81 339,023 |
$10.21 $11.27 351,282 |
$7.91 $10.21 321,037 |
$9.62 $7.91 21,034 | ||||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.15 $17.58 87,893 |
$15.63 $18.15 115,207 |
$14.48 $15.63 65,724 |
$11.79 $14.48 19,788 |
$8.99 $11.79 11,105 |
$9.98 $8.99 1,802 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.90 $12.54 15,715 |
$10.89 $12.90 25,095 |
$10.84 $10.89 21,354 |
$9.92 $10.84 36,068 |
$7.61 $9.92 32,122 |
$9.94 $7.61 487 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY SMALL-MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.11 $15.53 3,944 |
$14.06 $16.11 11,558 |
$13.14 $14.06 10,939 |
$10.91 $13.14 12,505 |
$8.11 $10.91 11,451 |
$10.00 $8.11 0 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.53 $12.79 219,886 |
$10.60 $11.53 260,069 |
$9.95 $10.60 16,580 |
|||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.52 $11.95 121,485 |
$10.13 $11.52 149,129 |
$9.76 $10.13 17,020 |
|||||||||
CFI 1
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.94 $15.33 271,710 |
$11.01 $12.94 214,094 |
$10.14 $11.01 64,347 |
| ||||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.87 $18.82 109,066 |
$15.62 $17.87 136,753 |
$14.66 $15.62 86,471 |
$11.54 $14.66 38,600 |
$8.72 $11.54 53,076 |
$10.00 $8.72 0 | ||||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.64 $16.09 10,631 |
$12.87 $13.64 11,674 |
$11.70 $12.87 3,984 |
|||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS I) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.03 $9.81 15,122 |
|||||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during December 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.38 $11.00 8,339 |
$10.49 $10.38 2,667 |
||||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.98 $13.41 22,458 |
$11.48 $12.98 32,878 |
$11.14 $11.48 30,426 |
$10.35 $11.14 40,561 |
$7.41 $10.35 44,075 |
$9.99 $7.41 1,232 | ||||||
ING DIVERSIFIED INTERNATIONAL FUND (Funds were first received in this option during February 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.97 $11.86 2,325 |
|||||||||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.89 $13.17 1,063 |
$11.34 $11.89 3,613 |
$11.05 $11.34 4,478 |
|||||||||
CFI 2
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.94 $10.21 89,842 |
$9.97 $9.94 122,452 |
||||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.24 $17.69 30,342 |
$13.42 $16.24 24,983 |
$12.32 $13.42 31,334 |
$10.46 $12.32 31,522 |
$8.14 $10.46 21,669 |
$10.04 $8.14 534 | ||||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.70 $17.98 84,163 |
$15.31 $17.70 87,571 |
$14.21 $15.31 50,519 |
$11.88 $14.21 19,960 |
$9.20 $11.88 13,543 |
$10.00 $9.20 0 | ||||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.08 $12.73 6,628 |
$11.98 $13.08 7,816 |
$11.70 $11.98 4,707 |
|||||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.22 $11.40 26,023 |
$11.56 $12.22 33,854 |
$10.90 $11.56 15,922 |
|||||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.40 $19.17 298,024 |
$17.72 $18.40 153,120 |
$17.37 $17.72 34,025 |
$17.34 $17.37 31,348 |
$17.34 $17.34 23,815 |
$17.22 $17.34 25,089 | ||||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$29.43 $30.38 76,172 |
$26.49 $29.43 104,135 |
$25.94 $26.49 139,054 |
$23.52 $25.94 101,092 |
$20.30 $23.52 66,352 |
$21.55 $20.30 24,145 | ||||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.34 $11.76 14,367 |
$11.25 $12.34 22,445 |
$11.04 $11.25 35,128 |
$10.08 $11.04 37,831 |
$7.80 $10.08 36,432 |
$9.97 $7.80 16,208 | ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.12 $14.94 158,013 |
$12.06 $14.12 231,483 |
$10.06 $12.06 335,304 |
|||||||||
CFI 3
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.36 $17.27 200,451 |
$14.02 $16.36 271,980 |
$12.47 $14.02 125,557 |
$10.92 $12.47 11,617 |
$8.35 $10.92 3,128 |
$10.00 $8.35 223 | ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.87 $11.72 256,666 |
$10.12 $10.87 158,225 |
$10.01 $10.12 129,252 |
|||||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.47 $12.21 16,606 |
$10.30 $10.47 14,239 |
$9.52 $10.30 18,523 |
$8.96 $9.52 22,728 |
$6.94 $8.96 23,795 |
$9.87 $6.94 6,569 | ||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.86 $11.08 17,776 |
$9.45 $10.86 36,700 |
$8.92 $9.45 26,676 |
$8.18 $8.92 28,400 |
$6.63 $8.18 29,877 |
$9.05 $6.63 8,767 | ||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.28 $16.53 32,054 |
$14.76 $15.28 18,781 |
$14.51 $14.76 19,134 |
$13.94 $14.51 15,494 |
$13.41 $13.94 22,526 |
$12.43 $13.41 11,209 | ||||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.41 $11.65 177,314 |
$10.56 $11.41 195,700 |
$10.20 $10.56 67,117 |
|||||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.03 $13.06 130,180 |
$11.65 $12.03 126,334 |
$11.50 $11.65 135,399 |
$11.11 $11.50 102,583 |
$10.75 $11.11 131,991 |
$10.00 $10.75 55,182 | ||||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.78 $13.33 38,535 |
$11.03 $12.78 47,686 |
$10.74 $11.03 40,290 |
|||||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.20 $12.78 103,549 |
$10.94 $12.20 139,643 |
$10.27 $10.94 118,868 |
|||||||||
CFI 4
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.78 $12.23 53,038 |
$10.72 $11.78 82,464 |
$10.51 $10.72 3,654 |
|
||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.23 $12.70 64,247 |
$10.94 $12.23 52,414 |
$10.61 $10.94 4,318 |
|||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2035 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.58 $13.14 9,762 |
$11.10 $12.58 24,237 |
$10.75 $11.10 1,474 |
|||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2045 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.92 $13.56 8,606 |
$12.16 $12.92 1,606 |
||||||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.02 $11.50 52,437 |
$10.39 $11.02 16,951 |
||||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.41 $13.92 56,820 |
$11.48 $12.41 74,242 |
$10.61 $11.48 37,655 |
$9.85 $10.61 27,168 |
$6.86 $9.85 32,473 |
$9.90 $6.86 0 | ||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.65 $12.94 38,381 |
$10.70 $12.65 29,680 |
$10.33 $10.70 10,509 |
|||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.52 $13.62 133,890 |
$11.16 $12.52 153,128 |
$10.62 $11.16 174,765 |
$9.75 $10.62 166,665 |
$7.52 $9.75 173,019 |
$9.91 $7.52 18,694 | ||||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.29 $11.99 52,491 |
$9.76 $11.29 59,105 |
$9.71 $9.76 22,881 |
$8.69 $9.71 31,110 |
$6.85 $8.69 35,846 |
$9.91 $6.85 10,569 | ||||||
CFI 5
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.68 $12.70 29,474 |
$11.18 $12.68 33,090 |
$10.33 $11.18 13,249 |
$9.08 $10.33 9,007 |
$7.35 $9.08 7,245 |
$9.91 $7.35 0 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.68 $14.24 128,460 |
$12.77 $14.68 166,991 |
$12.43 $12.77 180,683 |
$10.73 $12.43 142,628 |
$8.34 $10.73 89,527 |
$10.00 $8.34 4,738 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.22 $12.56 230,012 |
$10.93 $12.22 249,753 |
$10.06 $10.93 305,069 |
|||||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.45 $12.76 356,547 |
$11.16 $12.45 365,656 |
$10.43 $11.16 132,381 |
$9.50 $10.43 10,731 |
$7.54 $9.50 7,594 |
$9.88 $7.54 297 | ||||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.78 $14.41 71,174 |
$12.67 $13.78 112,784 |
$12.27 $12.67 103,794 |
$11.34 $12.27 104,648 |
$10.00 $11.34 71,914 |
|||||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.53 $11.73 3,582 |
$11.64 $13.53 4,610 |
$11.70 $11.64 849 |
|||||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.75 $16.75 145,542 |
$13.95 $15.75 150,140 |
$13.02 $13.95 110,132 |
$12.14 $13.02 93,560 |
$10.00 $12.14 124,019 |
|||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.95 $11.76 140,156 |
$10.02 $10.95 71,104 |
||||||||||
CFI 6
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.82 $12.29 589,242 |
$10.42 $11.82 706,796 |
$9.99 $10.42 699,498 |
$9.13 $9.99 642,836 |
$7.31 $9.13 714,143 |
$9.41 $7.31 71,090 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.58 $16.28 296,035 |
$14.39 $15.58 390,173 |
$13.08 $14.39 317,559 |
$11.32 $13.08 264,296 |
$8.64 $11.32 258,278 |
$9.92 $8.64 22,538 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.01 $15.79 142,060 |
$15.10 $17.01 190,380 |
$14.17 $15.10 158,913 |
$11.73 $14.17 125,338 |
$8.70 $11.73 128,985 |
$10.12 $8.70 18,192 | ||||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.29 $12.89 423,111 |
$11.93 $12.29 453,380 |
$11.68 $11.93 207,458 |
$11.25 $11.68 102,679 |
$10.00 $11.25 113,933 |
|||||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.53 $19.57 164,410 |
$13.71 $17.53 147,019 |
$12.67 $13.71 92,086 |
$10.91 $12.67 51,621 |
$8.47 $10.91 38,096 |
$10.01 $8.47 4,649 | ||||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.65 $15.75 35,218 |
$11.84 $12.65 38,945 |
$10.83 $11.84 34,310 |
$9.82 $10.83 33,260 |
$7.24 $9.82 28,402 |
$9.85 $7.24 1,700 | ||||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.63 $12.98 102,022 |
$11.59 $15.63 143,696 |
$10.00 $11.59 25,807 |
|
||||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.72 $15.44 37,156 |
$12.78 $14.72 43,693 |
$11.70 $12.78 39,462 |
$10.33 $11.70 48,702 |
$7.56 $10.33 52,291 |
$9.95 $7.56 16,504 | ||||||
ING VP SMALLCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$8.44 $9.20 27,152 |
$7.57 $8.44 33,355 |
$7.00 $7.57 25,336 |
$6.42 $7.00 16,344 |
$4.67 $6.42 19,261 |
$8.37 $4.67 3,071 | ||||||
CFI 7
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.44 $15.12 28,152 |
$13.45 $14.44 20,424 |
$13.27 $13.45 3,111 |
|||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.46 $18.15 10,802 |
$15.58 $17.46 10,153 |
$14.79 $15.58 883 |
|||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.92 $16.63 16,838 |
$14.48 $15.92 14,341 |
$14.24 $14.48 351 |
|||||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.32 $18.90 25,199 |
$16.97 $19.32 20,003 |
$16.32 $16.97 2,471 |
|||||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.06 $11.03 64,973 |
$10.05 $10.06 52,652 |
$10.01 $10.05 18,256 |
|||||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.69 $14.66 232,135 |
$12.12 $14.69 216,456 |
$11.58 $12.12 134,598 |
$10.05 $11.58 70,739 |
$8.28 $10.05 55,947 |
$9.94 $8.28 15,836 | ||||||
Separate Account Annual Charges of 0.95 % &nb sp; |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.09 $18.69 1,081,788 |
$14.57 $16.09 1,102,341 |
$12.61 $14.57 801,875 |
$11.06 $12.61 551,666 |
$8.71 $11.06 40,201 |
$9.73 $8.71 4,124 | ||||||
CFI 8
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.90 $13.94 458,954 |
$11.70 $13.90 453,901 |
$11.19 $11.70 537,653 |
$10.16 $11.19 519,515 |
$7.89 $10.16 6,929 |
$9.61 $7.89 2,414 | ||||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.96 $17.37 19,781 |
$15.50 $17.96 24,704 |
$14.39 $15.50 12,027 |
$11.74 $14.39 10,156 |
$8.97 $11.74 8,955 |
$9.98 $8.97 137 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.77 $12.39 1,292 |
$10.80 $12.77 2,300 |
$10.41 $10.80 3,269 |
$9.94 $7.60 0 | ||||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY SMALL-MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.96 $15.35 3,080 |
$13.96 $15.96 3,124 |
$13.07 $13.96 3,737 |
$10.87 $13.07 2,297 |
$8.10 $10.87 864 |
$10.00 $8.10 215 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.50 $12.73 1,169,947 |
$10.59 $11.50 1,185,983 |
$10.47 $10.59 954,760 |
|||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.49 $11.89 39,397 |
$10.12 $11.49 961,105 |
$10.09 $10.12 816,775 |
|||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.90 $15.26 683,634 |
$11.00 $12.90 643,796 |
$9.76 $11.00 543,376 |
|||||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.70 $18.61 2,030,746 |
$15.51 $17.70 182,234 |
$14.58 $15.51 92,016 |
$11.51 $14.58 11,022 |
$8.70 $11.51 12,488 |
$10.00 $8.70 0 | ||||||
CFI 9
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.60 $16.01 4,787 |
$12.85 $13.60 3,893 |
$11.98 $12.85 519 |
|||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during December 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.38 $10.98 171,396 |
$10.49 $10.38 174,139 |
| |||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.85 $13.25 116,972 |
$11.39 $12.85 58,623 |
$11.07 $11.39 3,442 |
$10.31 $11.07 13 |
$7.40 $10.31 124 |
$9.99 $7.40 0 | ||||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.85 $13.10 48,771 |
$11.33 $11.85 55,227 |
$11.04 $11.33 57,738 |
| ||||||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.92 $10.18 204,097 |
$9.97 $9.92 254,921 |
||||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.08 $17.48 69,640 |
$13.31 $16.08 63,803 |
$12.24 $13.31 91,194 |
$10.42 $12.24 63,463 |
$8.13 $10.42 708 |
$10.04 $8.13 385 | ||||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.53 $17.77 116,454 |
$15.19 $17.53 133,617 |
$14.14 $15.19 155,270 |
$11.84 $14.14 110,487 |
$9.19 $11.84 1,977 |
$10.00 $9.19 0 | ||||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.03 $12.67 46,282 |
$11.98 $13.03 66,411 |
||||||||||
CFI 10
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.17 $11.33 295,570 |
$11.54 $12.17 425,241 |
$10.72 $11.54 331,355 |
|||||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.75 $18.45 882,906 |
$17.12 $17.75 404,335 |
$16.82 $17.12 392,748 |
$16.82 $16.82 298,469 |
$16.86 $16.82 1,754 |
$16.78 $16.86 0 | ||||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$28.71 $29.58 429,880 |
$25.90 $28.71 446,311 |
$25.41 $25.90 449,947 |
$23.09 $25.41 288,602 |
$19.96 $23.09 231 |
$21.24 $19.96 414 | ||||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.21 $11.61 2,612 |
$11.16 $12.21 7,602 |
$10.97 $11.16 7,322 |
$10.64 $10.97 4,880 |
|
$9.97 $7.78 0 | ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.07 $14.86 127,705 |
$12.04 $14.07 143,733 |
$10.06 $12.04 161,425 |
|||||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.21 $17.07 222,722 |
$13.91 $16.21 206,864 |
$12.40 $13.91 80,754 |
$10.89 $12.40 46,615 |
$8.34 $10.89 1,761 |
$10.00 $8.34 0 | ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.83 $11.65 44,914 |
$10.11 $10.83 24,203 |
$10.01 $10.11 13,963 |
|||||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.26 $12.07 5,428 |
| ||||||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.74 $10.93 98,415 |
$9.37 $10.74 105,239 |
$8.86 $9.37 119,627 |
$8.14 $8.86 68,299 |
$6.62 $8.14 158 |
$9.04 $6.62 0 | ||||||
CFI 11
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.91 $16.09 865,440 |
$14.43 $14.91 729,381 |
$14.22 $14.43 677,488 |
$13.68 $14.22 530,901 |
$13.19 $13.68 4,579 |
$12.25 $13.19 7,405 | ||||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.37 $11.59 468,548 |
$10.54 $11.37 494,461 |
$10.36 $10.54 449,879 |
|||||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.91 $12.91 3,723 |
$11.57 $11.91 3,891 |
$11.44 $11.57 3,981 | |||||||||
$11.07 $11.44 2,727 |
$10.74 $11.07 3,443 |
$10.00 $10.74 0 | ||||||||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.74 $13.26 75,350 |
$11.01 $12.74 94,320 |
$10.68 $11.01 46,834 |
| ||||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.16 $12.71 150,075 |
$10.93 $12.16 78,868 |
$10.63 $10.93 50,406 | |||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.74 $12.17 10,544 |
$11.00 $11.74 7,325 |
| |||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.19 $12.63 6,311 |
$11.63 $12.19 11,103 | ||||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2035 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.54 $13.07 20,767 |
$11.45 $12.54 29,966 | ||||||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.98 $11.44 10,639 |
$10.27 $10.98 6,916 | ||||||||||
CFI 12
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.29 $13.76 11,373 |
$11.39 $12.29 15,576 |
$10.76 $11.39 841 |
$9.81 $9.81 0 |
$6.85 $9.8 1,721 |
$9.90 | ||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.61 $12.87 295,700 |
$10.69 $12.61 277,537 |
$10.34 $10.69 262,026 |
|
|
| ||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.40 $13.46 58,035 |
$11.07 $12.40 19,402 |
$10.55 $11.07 19,420 |
$9.71 $10.55 23,973 |
$7.51 $9.71 20,178 |
$9.91 $7.51 391 | ||||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.18 $11.85 6,625 |
$9.83 $11.18 5,538 |
$9.91 $6.84 0 | |||||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.55 $12.55 12,795 |
$11.09 $12.55 51,607 |
$10.12 $11.09 9,737 |
$9.91 $7.33 0 | ||||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.54 $14.08 263,658 |
$12.67 $14.54 293,925 |
$12.36 $12.67 238,674 |
$10.69 $12.36 160,272 |
$8.32 $10.69 7,937 |
$10.00 $8.32 0 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.18 $12.49 15,409 |
$10.91 $12.18 21,170 |
$10.06 $10.91 21,519 |
|
||||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.33 $12.61 172,197 |
$11.07 $12.33 141,670 |
$10.37 $11.07 66,380 |
$9.83 $10.37 3,976 |
$9.88 $7.52 0 | |||||||
CFI 13
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.68 $14.27 70,387 |
$12.60 $13.68 103,173 |
$12.22 $12.60 5,025 |
|||||||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.48 $11.66 82,693 |
$11.62 $13.48 113,214 |
$11.64 $11.62 89,933 |
|||||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.63 $16.59 10,818 |
$13.88 $15.63 12,489 |
$14.06 $13.88 9,277 |
|||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.94 $11.72 89,662 |
$10.02 $10.94 90,038 |
||||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.69 $12.13 1,699,281 |
$10.33 $11.69 452,786 |
$9.92 $10.33 450,474 |
$9.08 $9.92 418,924 |
$7.28 $9.08 31,451 |
$9.40 $7.28 2,369 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.41 $16.07 447,606 |
$14.26 $15.41 537,641 |
$12.99 $14.26 553,807 |
$11.27 $12.99 517,452 |
$8.61 $11.27 32,539 |
$9.91 $8.61 5,073 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.82 $15.58 299,368 |
$14.97 $16.82 350,784 |
$14.07 $14.97 397,971 |
$11.67 $14.07 336,053 |
$8.68 $11.67 3,911 |
$10.11 $8.68 1,382 | ||||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.18 $12.75 463,401 |
$11.84 $12.18 383,919 |
$11.62 $11.84 147,290 |
$11.21 $11.62 3,636 |
$10.00 $11.21 3,638 |
|||||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.35 $19.35 27,043 |
$13.60 $17.35 32,902 |
$12.59 $13.60 18,570 |
$10.86 $12.59 917 |
$8.45 $10.86 1,154 |
$10.01 $8.45 289 | ||||||
CFI 14
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.52 $15.56 1,331 |
$12.19 $12.52 409 |
||||||||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.58 $12.91 14,240 |
$11.58 $15.58 29,985 |
$11.03 $11.58 9,922 | |||||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.57 $15.25 6,268 |
$12.68 $14.57 6,377 |
$11.63 $12.68 1,625 |
$10.29 $11.63 543 |
$7.54 $10.29 4,207 |
$9.95 $7.54 4,208 | ||||||
ING VP SMALLCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$8.34 $9.07 5,858 |
$7.49 $8.34 6,013 |
$6.95 $7.49 0 |
$5.82 $6.95 94 |
$8.36 $4.66 0 | |||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.39 $15.04 19,112 |
$13.43 $14.39 6,577 |
$13.28 $13.43 4,946 |
|||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.87 $16.54 985 |
$14.46 $15.87 1,120 |
$14.37 $14.46 1,272 | |||||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.25 $18.80 4,585 |
$16.95 $19.25 5,385 |
$16.71 $16.95 1,918 | |||||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.02 $10.97 18,399 |
$10.04 $10.02 24,624 |
$9.98 $10.04 7,579 | |||||||||
CFI 15
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.55 $14.49 37,918 |
$12.03 $14.55 36,105 |
$11.51 $12.03 30,986 |
$10.01 $11.51 31,860 |
$8.27 $10.01 27,693 |
$9.94 $8.27 5,737 | ||||||
Separate Account Annual Charges of 1.00%   ; |
2006 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.87 $19.59 1,755,582 |
$15.29 $16.87 865,538 |
$13.24 $15.29 385,118 |
$11.62 $13.24 271,256 |
$10.00 $11.62 56,254 | |||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.03 $16.08 531,780 |
$13.50 $16.03 313,852 |
$12.92 $13.50 189,793 |
$11.73 $12.92 212,082 |
$10.00 $11.73 33,633 | |||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during January 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.63 $18.00 227,462 |
$16.08 $18.63 82,464 |
$14.94 $16.08 36,876 |
$12.29 $14.94 23,539 |
||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.99 $14.54 15,883 |
$12.69 $14.99 21,039 |
$12.66 $12.69 23,574 |
$11.62 $12.66 12,503 |
$10.00 $11.62 2,220 | |||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY SMALL-MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.34 $16.66 22,503 |
$15.17 $17.34 19,910 |
$14.21 $15.17 15,825 |
$11.83 $14.21 12,366 |
$10.00 $11.83 1,839 | |||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.49 $12.72 1,926,941 |
$10.59 $11.49 492,190 |
$9.62 $10.59 64,458 |
|||||||
CFI 16
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.48 $11.88 1,404,115 |
$10.12 $11.48 277,011 |
$9.89 $10.12 55,034 |
|||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.89 $15.24 1,549,134 |
$11.00 $12.89 542,505 |
$10.15 $11.00 59,588 |
|||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.66 $18.55 345,918 |
$15.48 $17.66 115,673 |
$14.56 $15.48 48,843 |
$11.49 $14.56 37,769 |
$10.00 $11.49 15,936 | |||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.58 $15.98 35,920 |
$12.85 $13.58 3,233 |
$11.72 $12.85 495 |
|||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS I) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.03 $9.80 7,756 |
|||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during December 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.05 $11.68 90,749 |
$11.17 $11.05 14,335 |
||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.75 $15.21 164,167 |
$13.09 $14.75 28,964 |
$12.72 $13.09 24,007 |
$11.85 $12.72 25,625 |
$10.00 $11.85 11,591 | |||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.84 $13.08 5,798 |
$11.32 $11.84 570 |
$11.03 $11.32 571 |
|||||||
CFI 17
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | |
2004 | 2003 | |||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.92 $10.17 38,916 |
$9.97 $9.92 42,245 |
||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.86 $20.50 88,099 |
$15.63 $18.86 20,343 |
$14.38 $15.63 9,793 |
$12.24 $14.38 7,662 |
$10.00 $12.24 6,943 | |||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.92 $17.15 186,009 |
$14.67 $16.92 76,899 |
$13.66 $14.67 20,517 |
$11.44 $13.66 12,422 |
$10.00 $11.44 1,331 | |||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.02 $12.65 26,560 |
$12.63 $13.02 14,758 |
||||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.16 $11.32 53,912 |
$11.54 $12.16 37,048 |
$10.72 $11.54 21,528 |
|||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.52 $10.93 2,985,077 |
$10.15 $10.52 639,276 |
$9.98 $10.15 334,813 |
$9.99 $9.98 407,476 |
$10.00 $9.99 33,869 | |||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.56 $13.96 444,017 |
$12.24 $13.56 283,588 |
$12.01 $12.24 268,091 |
$10.92 $12.01 284,682 |
$10.00 $10.92 60,823 | |||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.70 $13.02 24,090 |
$12.53 $13.70 19,492 |
$12.32 $12.53 37,912 |
$11.28 $12.32 36,999 |
$10.00 $11.28 2,527 | |||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.06 $14.84 138,312 |
$12.04 $14.06 191,418 |
$10.06 $12.04 268,702 |
|||||||
CFI 18
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.69 $18.62 455,990 |
$15.19 $17.69 198,530 |
$13.54 $15.19 39,128 |
$12.42 $13.54 2,676 |
||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.83 $11.64 459,240 |
$10.10 $10.83 142,071 |
$10.01 $10.10 111,177 |
|||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.32 $15.50 15,795 |
$13.13 $13.32 8,920 |
$12.16 $13.13 6,753 |
$11.49 $12.16 6,239 |
$10.00 $11.49 1,580 | |||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during April 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.12 $15.39 29,474 |
$13.20 $15.12 7,639 |
$12.48 $13.20 9,749 |
$11.73 $12.48 2,015 |
||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.18 $12.06 873,987 |
$10.82 $11.18 103,260 |
$10.67 $10.82 78,592 |
$10.41 $10.67 89,251 |
$10.00 $10.41 1,063 | |||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.36 $11.57 293,870 |
$10.54 $11.36 135,191 |
$10.44 $10.54 72,101 |
|||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.99 $11.91 187,300 |
$10.68 $10.99 74,753 |
$10.56 $10.68 57,541 |
$10.23 $10.56 48,780 |
$10.00 $10.23 8,451 | |||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.73 $13.24 84,369 |
$11.01 $12.73 46,727 |
$10.68 $11.01 9,665 |
|||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.15 $12.69 489,899 |
$10.93 $12.15 170,651 |
$10.34 $10.93 349,935 |
|||||||
CFI 19
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.73 $12.15 474,713 |
$10.70 $11.73 95,392 |
$10.37 $10.70 14,962 |
| ||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.18 $12.62 311,792 |
$11.18 $12.18 115,424 |
||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2035 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.52 $13.06 412,432 |
$11.08 $12.52 63,845 |
$10.66 $11.08 272 | |||||||
ING SOLUTION 2045 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.86 $13.47 40,722 |
$11.29 $12.86 4,265 |
$10.96 $11.29 429 | |||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.97 $11.43 245,892 |
$10.45 $10.97 14,781 |
||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.06 $16.84 73,768 |
$13.96 $15.06 38,635 |
$12.94 $13.96 17,356 |
$12.04 $12.94 17,517 |
$10.00 $12.04 17,688 | |||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.60 $12.85 275,482 |
$10.68 $12.60 1,153,867 |
$10.24 $10.68 1,282,187 |
| ||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.68 $15.93 192,788 |
$13.12 $14.68 96,215 |
$12.51 $13.12 54,334 |
$11.51 $12.51 43,509 |
$10.00 $11.51 23,821 | |||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.56 $15.42 42,012 |
$12.62 $14.56 10,044 |
$12.59 $12.62 3,259 |
$11.29 $12.59 10,060 |
$10.00 $11.29 7,006 | |||||
CFI 20
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.59 $15.57 49,509 |
$13.77 $15.59 23,441 |
$12.76 $13.77 5,459 |
$11.25 $12.76 2,607 |
$10.00 $11.25 376 | |||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during October 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.73 $15.22 302,990 |
$13.71 $15.73 225,087 |
$13.39 $13.71 186,953 |
$11.58 $13.39 159,722 |
$10.00 $11.58 68,495 | |||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.17 $12.48 20,963 |
$10.91 $12.17 29,556 |
$10.06 $10.91 33,096 |
|||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.92 $15.26 732,769 |
$13.41 $14.92 342,082 |
$12.57 $13.41 78,983 |
$11.48 $12.57 7,449 |
$10.00 $11.48 758 | |||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.33 $13.89 191,757 |
$12.28 $13.33 123,350 |
$11.93 $12.28 119,146 |
$11.05 $11.93 136,377 |
$10.00 $11.05 33,289 | |||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.47 $11.65 25,853 |
$11.62 $13.47 7,437 |
$10.67 $11.62 833 |
| ||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.88 $15.78 220,031 |
$13.22 $14.88 113,210 |
$12.37 $13.22 40,801 |
$11.55 $12.37 36,511 |
$10.00 $11.55 11,076 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.94 $11.71 283,811 |
$10.02 $10.94 84,640 |
||||||||
CFI 21
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.76 $15.31 346,923 |
$13.05 $14.76 273,492 |
$12.53 $13.05 190,007 |
$11.48 $12.53 176,155 |
$10.00 $11.48 82,960 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.21 $16.90 388,151 |
$15.01 $16.21 285,666 |
$13.68 $15.01 182,262 |
$11.87 $13.68 167,574 |
$10.00 $11.87 34,454 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.26 $15.97 230,636 |
$15.36 $17.26 167,714 |
$14.45 $15.36 116,762 |
$11.99 $14.45 102,531 |
$10.00 $11.99 23,838 | |||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.23 $11.75 3,133,336 |
$10.93 $11.23 841,886 |
$10.72 $10.93 196,383 |
$10.36 $10.72 115,446 |
$10.00 $10.36 12,127 | |||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.23 $21.52 308,600 |
$15.08 $19.23 121,448 |
$13.97 $15.08 64,182 |
$12.05 $13.97 33,591 |
$10.00 $12.05 8,311 | |||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.90 $18.51 46,761 |
$13.99 $14.90 8,988 |
$12.83 $13.99 5,663 |
$11.66 $12.83 8,666 |
$10.00 $11.66 121 | |||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.56 $12.89 327,553 |
$11.57 $15.56 148,738 |
$10.32 $11.57 9,410 |
|||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.75 $17.52 69,019 |
$14.57 $16.75 48,264 |
$13.37 $14.57 29,546 |
$11.84 $13.37 28,245 |
$10.00 $11.84 11,108 | |||||
ING VP SMALLCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during October 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.69 $17.06 20,519 |
$14.11 $15.69 12,443 |
$13.09 $14.11 11,873 |
$12.02 $13.09 15,225 |
$10.00 $12.02 12,567 | |||||
CFI 22
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.38 $15.02 35,099 |
$13.43 $14.38 10,595 |
$13.29 $13.43 727 |
| ||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.38 $18.03 9,397 |
$15.55 $17.38 2,534 |
$15.13 $15.55 639 | |||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.86 $16.52 19,320 |
$14.46 $15.86 13,646 |
$14.02 $14.46 12,107 | |||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.24 $18.78 33,785 |
$16.95 $19.24 14,877 |
$16.21 $16.95 825 | |||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.01 $10.96 106,006 |
$10.03 $10.01 33,775 |
$9.89 $10.03 4,131 | |||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.47 $16.39 522,403 |
$13.62 $16.47 187,682 |
$13.04 $13.62 59,289 | |||||||
$11.35 $13.04 11,729 |
$10.00 $11.35 2,083 | |||||||||
CFI 23
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
Separate Account Annual Charges of 1.10 % &nb sp; |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.96 $18.51 110,156 |
$14.48 $15.96 121,820 |
$12.55 $14.48 31,128 |
$11.02 $12.55 8,167 |
$8.69 $11.02 9,123 |
$9.72 $8.69 538 | ||||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.79 $13.81 37,783 |
$11.62 $13.79 36,354 |
$11.13 $11.62 23,542 |
$10.12 $11.13 3,418 |
$7.87 $10.12 3,417 |
$9.60 $7.87 749 | ||||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.83 $17.21 11,590 |
$15.41 $17.83 12,150 |
$15.27 $15.41 11,321 |
$9.98 $8.96 0 | ||||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.67 $12.28 304 |
$10.74 $12.67 303 |
$10.72 $10.74 0 |
$9.85 $10.72 1,106 |
$7.58 $9.85 1,097 |
$9.94 $7.58 0 | ||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.80 $16.36 64,971 |
$13.65 $14.80 78,726 |
$12.62 $13.65 25,553 |
| ||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.10 $14.57 58,561 |
$12.44 $14.10 63,105 |
$11.84 $12.44 7,933 |
| ||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.10 $22.56 13,046 |
$16.32 $19.10 13,379 |
$15.62 $16.32 824 |
|||||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.58 $18.45 7,298 |
$15.42 $17.58 12,438 |
$14.53 $15.42 7,212 |
$11.48 $14.53 463 |
$8.70 $11.48 501 |
$10.00 $8.70 0 | ||||||
CFI 24
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.56 $15.94 10,654 |
$12.84 $13.56 12,983 |
$12.73 $12.84 447 |
|||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during December 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.38 $10.96 11,316 |
$10.49 $10.38 1,732 |
||||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.75 $13.13 352 |
$11.32 $12.75 516 |
$11.41 $11.32 204 |
$9.99 $7.38 0 | ||||||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.82 $13.05 323 |
$11.32 $11.82 343 |
$11.51 $11.32 317 |
|||||||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.91 $10.15 1,437 |
$9.97 $9.91 1,444 |
||||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.96 $17.32 3,978 |
$13.23 $15.96 4,208 |
$13.02 $13.23 162 |
$10.04 $8.12 0 | ||||||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.41 $17.62 10,630 |
$15.11 $17.41 9,961 |
$15.09 $15.11 3,129 |
$10.00 $9.18 0 | ||||||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of perio |
$14.02 $13.60 4,525 |
$12.88 $14.02 5,341 |
$12.33 $12.88 1,138 |
|||||||||
CFI 25
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.70 $9.94 3,882 |
$10.16 $10.70 15,696 |
$9.77 $10.16 7,230 |
|||||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.28 $17.93 19,582 |
$16.69 $17.28 12,197 |
$16.50 $16.69 1,000 |
$16.45 $16.51 0 | ||||||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$28.19 $28.99 21,039 |
$25.46 $28.19 23,098 |
$25.02 $25.46 12,268 |
$22.77 $25.02 4,413 |
$19.72 $22.77 3,200 |
$21.01 $19.72 0 | ||||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.12 $11.51 1,825 |
$11.10 $12.12 1,847 |
$10.68 $11.10 534 |
$9.97 $7.77 0 | ||||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.04 $14.79 1,261 |
$12.03 $14.04 4,171 |
$10.06 $12.03 6,672 |
|||||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.09 $16.93 38,005 |
$13.84 $16.09 49,555 |
$12.23 $13.84 25,663 |
$10.00 $8.33 0 | ||||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.81 $11.61 8,147 |
$10.10 $10.81 9,614 |
$10.01 $10.10 5,235 |
| ||||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during January 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.57 $11.96 2,183 |
|||||||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.64 $15.78 1,735 |
$14.20 $14.64 1,799 |
$12.12 $13.03 0 | |||||||||
CFI 26
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.35 $11.54 17,386 |
$10.53 $11.35 15,686 |
$10.40 $10.53 1,439 |
|||||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.83 $12.80 5,609 |
$11.50 $11.83 5,380 |
$11.39 $11.50 2,507 |
$11.04 $11.39 1,151 |
$10.73 $11.04 1,151 |
$10.00 $10.73 0 | ||||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.71 $13.20 435 |
$11.00 $12.71 1,163 |
$10.43 $11.00 807 |
|||||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.13 $12.66 18,770 |
$10.92 $12.13 17,805 |
$10.86 $10.92 17,745 |
|||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.71 $12.12 36,351 |
$10.69 $11.71 36,516 |
$10.39 $10.69 15,279 |
|||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.16 $12.58 877 |
$11.16 $12.16 888 |
||||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2045 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.84 $13.44 0 |
$12.00 $12.84 10,191 |
||||||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.53 $11.40 2,796 |
| ||||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.20 $13.63 3,457 |
$11.95 $12.20 3,522 |
$9.78 $9.90 0 |
$6.84 $9.78 439 |
$9.90 $6.84 0 | |||||||
CFI 27
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.58 $12.82 56,464 |
$10.68 $12.58 50,900 |
$10.25 $10.68 11,952 |
|||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.30 $13.34 20,025 |
$11.01 $12.30 11,264 |
$10.51 $11.01 1,294 |
$9.68 $10.51 1,607 |
$7.50 $9.68 1,595 |
$9.91 $7.50 0 | ||||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.09 $11.74 4,078 |
$9.77 $11.09 4,200 |
$9.91 $6.83 0 | |||||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.46 $12.44 17,301 |
$11.02 $12.46 18,074 |
$10.22 $11.02 8,461 |
$9.02 $10.22 2,042 |
$7.32 $9.02 2,041 |
$9.91 $7.32 0 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during May 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.44 $13.96 21,660 |
$12.60 $14.44 24,727 |
$12.31 $12.60 4,552 |
$11.27 $12.31 1,637 |
$10.00 $8.32 0 | |||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.15 $12.44 5,416 |
$10.90 $12.15 5,415 |
$10.06 $10.90 5,416 |
|||||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.23 $12.50 48,789 |
$11.00 $12.23 57,352 |
$10.74 $11.00 34,481 |
$9.88 $7.51 0 | ||||||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.61 $14.17 15,208 |
$12.55 $13.61 17,742 |
$12.20 $12.55 13,357 |
$11.31 $12.20 1,296 |
$10.00 $11.31 1,273 |
|||||||
CFI 28
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.45 $11.62 948 |
$11.61 $13.45 952 |
$11.72 $11.61 668 |
|||||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.55 $16.47 13,618 |
$13.82 $15.55 14,396 |
$13.22 $13.82 5,517 |
|||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.93 $11.69 12,180 |
$10.02 $10.93 9,405 |
||||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.59 $12.01 17,231 |
$10.26 $11.59 16,698 |
$9.86 $10.26 2,654 |
$9.05 $9.86 2,520 |
$7.27 $9.05 10,670 |
$9.39 $7.27 564 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.28 $15.91 13,262 |
$14.16 $15.28 17,014 |
$12.92 $14.16 7,027 |
$11.23 $12.92 2,520 |
$8.59 $11.23 1,568 |
$9.90 $8.59 481 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.69 $15.43 4,701 |
$14.87 $16.69 5,994 |
$14.05 $14.87 836 |
$11.63 $12.24 0 |
$8.66 $11.63 542 |
$10.11 $8.66 0 | ||||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during October 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.09 $12.64 43,725 |
$11.78 $12.09 38,570 |
$11.57 $11.78 4,476 |
$11.53 $11.57 925 |
||||||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.22 $19.26 18,517 |
$13.52 $17.22 19,176 |
$12.53 $13.52 2,353 |
$11.81 $12.53 568 |
$10.01 $8.44 0 | |||||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.43 $15.42 1,213 |
$12.95 $12.43 1,179 |
$9.85 $7.21 0 | |||||||||
CFI 29
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | |||||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.54 $12.85 5,853 |
$11.56 $15.54 4,232 |
$10.99 $11.56 2,859 |
|||||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.46 $15.12 3,743 |
$12.60 $14.46 3,843 |
$11.58 $12.60 2,162 |
$10.26 $11.58 2,964 |
$7.53 $10.26 3,101 |
$9.95 $7.53 0 | ||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.09 $14.98 2,137 |
|||||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.35 $17.98 932 |
$15.54 $17.35 946 |
$15.61 $15.54 322 |
|||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.83 $16.48 3,724 |
$14.45 $15.83 5,714 |
$13.88 $14.45 2,644 |
|||||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.20 $18.73 980 |
$16.93 $19.20 1,482 |
$17.10 $16.93 123 |
|||||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.00 $10.93 2,308 |
$10.03 $10.00 2,268 |
$9.99 $10.03 3,823 |
|||||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2002) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.44 $14.36 27,908 |
$11.95 $14.44 24,210 |
$11.45 $11.95 9,715 |
$9.98 $11.45 4,026 |
$8.25 $9.98 3,655 |
$9.94 $8.25 0 | ||||||
CFI 30
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
Separate Account Annual Charges of 1.20% &nbs p; |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.76 $19.42 509,400 |
$15.22 $16.76 360,881 |
$13.21 $15.22 158,399 |
$11.61 $13.21 102,926 |
$10.00 $11.61 30,076 | |||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.92 $15.93 68,774 |
$13.44 $15.92 32,915 |
$12.88 $13.44 23,551 |
$11.72 $12.88 19,567 |
$10.00 $11.72 608 | |||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.50 $17.84 117,874 |
$16.01 $18.50 56,765 |
$14.89 $16.01 18,533 |
$12.45 $14.89 11,429 |
||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.89 $14.41 3,405 |
$12.63 $14.89 3,506 |
$12.62 $12.63 5,592 |
$11.61 $12.62 4,665 |
$10.00 $11.61 614 | |||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY SMALL-MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.22 $16.52 1,038 |
$15.10 $17.22 621 |
$14.17 $15.10 1,351 |
$11.82 $14.17 1,351 |
$10.00 $11.82 495 | |||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.46 $12.66 400,872 |
$10.58 $11.46 147,470 |
$10.57 $10.58 1,962 |
|||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.45 $11.82 150,001 |
$10.21 $11.45 84,792 |
||||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.86 $15.17 185,259 |
$10.99 $12.86 49,006 |
$10.13 $10.99 1,722 |
| ||||||
CFI 31
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.54 $18.38 142,690 |
$15.40 $17.54 56,329 |
$14.52 $15.40 13,234 |
$11.48 $14.52 11,139 |
$10.00 $11.48 6,977 | |||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.54 $15.90 5,569 |
$13.90 $13.54 4,084 |
||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during December 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.38 $10.94 1,113 |
$10.49 $10.38 289 |
||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.65 $15.08 4,671 |
$13.02 $14.65 4,863 |
$12.69 $13.02 1,002 |
$12.58 $12.69 1,001 |
||||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.80 $13.01 457 |
$11.31 $11.80 457 |
$10.74 $11.31 601 |
|||||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.91 $10.14 5,866 |
$9.97 $9.91 11,810 |
||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.74 $20.32 10,066 |
$15.55 $18.74 8,231 |
$14.34 $15.55 3,057 |
$12.48 $14.34 3,033 |
||||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.81 $16.99 68,220 |
$14.60 $16.81 57,811 |
$13.62 $14.60 30,370 |
$11.43 $13.62 11,367 |
$10.00 $11.43 2,830 | |||||
CFI 32
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.98 $12.58 6,286 |
$12.31 $12.98 7,257 |
||||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.12 $11.26 0 |
$11.52 $12.12 2,591 |
$10.71 $11.52 2,591 |
|||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.45 $10.83 123,786 |
$10.10 $10.45 24,130 |
$9.95 $10.10 40,551 |
$9.98 $9.95 1,668 |
$10.00 $9.98 1,668 | |||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.47 $13.84 71,516 |
$12.18 $13.47 85,526 |
$11.98 $12.18 56,708 |
$10.91 $11.98 32,200 |
$10.00 $10.91 12,607 | |||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.61 $12.91 2,741 |
$12.47 $13.61 2,055 |
$12.29 $12.47 1,446 |
$11.27 $12.29 7,466 |
$10.00 $11.27 2,527 | |||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.01 $14.75 54,370 |
$12.02 $14.01 59,156 |
$10.06 $12.02 87,171 |
| ||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.56 $18.456 172,735 |
$15.12 $17.56 120,893 |
$13.51 $15.12 32,951 |
$11.89 $13.51 2,348 |
$10.00 $11.89 2,102 | |||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.79 $11.58 68,289 |
$10.09 $10.79 35,991 |
$10.01 $10.09 34,020 |
|||||||
CFI 33
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during December 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.62 $15.36 4,081 |
|||||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.02 $15.25 2,523 |
$13.13 $15.02 1,858 |
$12.45 $13.13 1,859 |
$11.89 $12.45 2,690 |
||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.10 $11.95 3,730 |
$10.77 $11.10 5,591 |
$10.64 $10.77 6,180 |
$10.27 $10.64 5,051 |
$10.00 $10.27 3,244 | |||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.33 $11.51 23,496 |
$10.52 $11.33 6,814 |
$10.44 $10.52 1,705 |
|||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.92 $11.80 45,568 |
$10.62 $10.92 43,588 |
$10.53 $10.62 45,286 |
$10.22 $10.53 33,200 |
$10.00 $10.22 28,461 | |||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.68 $13.17 9,553 |
$11.00 $12.68 9,743 |
$10.67 $11.00 1,989 |
|||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during May 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.11 $12.63 175,655 |
$10.91 $12.11 54,643 |
$10.36 $10.91 21,587 |
|||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.69 $12.08 111,208 |
$11.03 $11.69 31,400 |
||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.14 $12.55 89,335 |
$11.19 $12.14 7,323 |
||||||||
CFI 34
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING SOLUTION 2035 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.48 $12.99 93,362 |
$11.01 $12.48 2,606 |
||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2045 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.82 $13.40 32,484 |
$11.51 $12.82 8,211 |
||||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.93 $11.37 76,366 |
$10.37 $10.93 12,936 |
||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.95 $16.70 36,910 |
$13.89 $14.95 15,707 |
$12.90 $13.89 883 |
$12.48 $12.90 883 |
||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.55 $12.78 38,076 |
$10.67 $12.55 10,049 |
$10.31 $10.67 6,730 |
|||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.58 $15.79 30,690 |
$13.05 $14.58 27,293 |
$12.47 $13.05 25,275 |
$11.50 $12.47 26,407 |
$10.00 $11.50 10,630 | |||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.46 $15.29 19,082 |
$12.56 $14.46 8,738 |
$12.55 $12.56 1,025 |
$11.65 $12.55 1,213 |
||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.48 $15.44 5,169 |
$14.12 $15.48 1,219 |
||||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during October 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.62 $15.08 88,287 |
$13.65 $15.62 84,377 |
$13.35 $13.65 76,315 |
$11.57 $13.35 61,837 |
$10.00 $11.57 24,259 | |||||
CFI 35
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.13 $12.41 10,434 |
$10.89 $12.13 14,260 |
$10.06 $10.89 14,265 |
|||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during March 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.82 $15.12 94,506 |
$13.34 $14.82 45,723 |
$12.66 $13.34 7,064 |
| ||||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.24 $13.77 41,378 |
$12.22 $13.24 16,674 |
$11.89 $12.22 10,588 |
$11.04 $11.89 14,207 |
$10.00 $11.04 3,014 | |||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.42 $11.58 14,800 |
$12.06 $13.42 14,610 |
||||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.78 $15.64 17,604 |
$13.15 $14.78 17,612 |
$12.33 $13.15 11,403 |
$11.54 $12.33 8,635 |
$10.00 $11.54 7,751 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.92 $11.67 90,330 |
$10.02 $10.92 22,745 |
||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.66 $15.18 97,961 |
$12.99 $14.66 84,322 |
$12.50 $12.99 75,466 |
$11.47 $12.50 56,191 |
$10.00 $11.47 39,178 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.10 $16.75 109,533 |
$14.94 $16.10 78,990 |
$13.64 $14.94 45,744 |
$11.86 $13.64 38,504 |
$10.00 $11.86 13,062 | |||||
CFI 36
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.14 $15.83 36,877 |
$15.29 $17.14 27,290 |
$14.41 $15.29 17,733 |
$11.98 $14.41 12,943 |
$10.00 $11.98 396 | |||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.15 $11.64 657,328 |
$10.87 $11.15 238,379 |
$10.69 $10.87 45,661 |
$10.45 $10.69 25,257 |
||||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.10 $21.33 90,266 |
$15.00 $19.10 49,957 |
$13.93 $15.00 19,032 |
$12.04 $13.93 7,334 |
$10.00 $12.04 460 | |||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.80 $18.35 4,517 |
$13.92 $14.80 32 |
$12.79 $13.92 32 |
$11.30 $12.79 32 |
||||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.51 $12.82 128,482 |
$11.56 $15.51 52,654 |
$11.14 $11.56 6,247 |
|||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.63 $17.36 48,294 |
$14.50 $16.63 30,105 |
$13.34 $14.50 18,321 |
$11.83 $13.34 17,641 |
$10.00 $11.83 10,452 | |||||
ING VP SMALLCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.58 $16.91 1,373 |
$14.04 $15.58 699 |
$13.05 $14.04 31 |
$11.34 $13.05 31 |
||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.33 $14.94 11,480 |
$13.69 $14.33 12,184 |
| |||||||
CFI 37
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.32 $17.93 4,050 |
$16.10 $17.32 4,075 |
||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.80 $16.43 5,401 |
$14.44 $15.80 5,402 |
$14.00 $14.44 8,170 |
|||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during January 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.56 $18.68 2,907 |
|||||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.98 $10.90 20,344 |
$10.02 $9.98 9,642 |
$9.96 $10.02 1,271 |
|||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.35 $16.24 170,555 |
$13.55 $16.35 71,803 |
$13.00 $13.55 31,852 |
$11.34 $13.00 19,187 |
$10.00 $11.34 8,986 | |||||
Separate Account Annual Charges of 1.35% &nbs p; |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
FIDELITY® VIP CONTRAFUND® PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during December 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.67 $19.29 177,948 |
$15.16 $16.67 86,945 |
$13.18 $15.16 33,320 |
$11.60 $13.18 10,652 |
$10.00 $11.60 4,897 | |||||
FIDELITY® VIP EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.84 $15.83 47,424 |
$13.39 $15.84 30,363 |
$12.86 $13.39 15,549 |
$11.92 $12.86 8,399 |
||||||
CFI 38
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
FRANKLIN SMALL CAP VALUE SECURITIES FUND (Fund first available during May 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.41 $17.72 14,831 |
$15.95 $18.41 12,305 |
$14.86 $15.95 7,663 |
$12.52 $14.86 4,242 |
||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY LARGE COMPANY VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.81 $14.32 2,092 |
$12.58 $14.81 3,442 |
$12.60 $12.58 3,424 |
$12.28 $12.60 2,478 |
||||||
ING AMERICAN CENTURY SMALL-MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.13 $16.41 1,125 |
$15.04 $17.13 1,125 |
$14.09 $15.04 1,125 |
|||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.44 $12.61 176 |
$10.57 $11.44 71,492 |
$10.05 $10.57 1,758 |
|||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS GROWTH-INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.42 $11.78 145,191 |
$10.10 $11.42 69,546 |
$9.78 $10.10 694 |
|||||||
ING AMERICAN FUNDS INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.83 $15.11 101,347 |
$10.99 $12.83 26,181 |
$10.40 $10.99 1,057 |
|||||||
ING BARON SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.45 $18.26 30,669 |
$15.35 $17.45 18,310 |
$14.49 $15.35 4,222 |
$11.48 $14.49 230 |
$10.00 $11.48 239 | |||||
ING BLACKROCK GLOBAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.50 $15.83 3,794 |
$12.82 $13.50 4,660 |
$11.78 $12.82 650 |
|||||||
CFI 39
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS I) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.03 $9.77 2,032 |
| ||||||||
ING BLACKROCK LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (CLASS S) (Funds were first received in this option during January 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.60 $10.92 5,692 |
|||||||||
ING DAVIS NEW YORK VENTURE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.58 $14.98 2,676 |
$12.98 $14.58 2,275 |
$12.66 $12.98 1,432 |
$11.84 $12.66 1,450 |
$10.00 $11.84 475 | |||||
ING EVERGREEN OMEGA PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.77 $12.96 1,244 |
$11.06 $11.77 132 |
||||||||
ING FMRSM LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.90 $10.11 7,243 |
$9.97 $9.90 5,092 |
||||||||
ING JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$18.64 $20.18 17,334 |
$15.50 $18.64 12,498 |
$14.31 $15.50 8,289 |
$12.47 $14.31 2,042 |
||||||
ING JPMORGAN MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.72 $16.88 18,159 |
$14.55 $16.72 12,533 |
$13.79 $14.55 2,866 |
|||||||
ING LEGG MASON PARTNERS AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.94 $12.53 14,669 |
$12.30 $12.94 7,143 |
||||||||
CFI 40
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING LEGG MASON VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.55 $11.21 1,514 |
| ||||||||
ING LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.39 $10.76 76,909 |
$10.07 $10.39 44,130 |
$9.97 $10.07 26,607 |
|||||||
ING MFS TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.40 $13.75 19,874 |
$12.14 $13.40 34,593 |
$11.95 $12.14 21,902 |
$10.90 $11.95 10,752 |
$10.00 $10.90 2,757 | |||||
ING OPCAP BALANCED VALUE PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during March 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.54 $12.82 4,272 |
$12.42 $13.54 3,253 |
$12.26 $12.42 1,576 |
$11.55 $12.26 1,020 |
||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.98 $14.69 14,853 |
$12.01 $13.98 21,200 |
$10.06 $12.01 22,573 |
|||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during February 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.47 $18.33 46,482 |
$15.06 $17.47 25,446 |
$13.22 $15.06 5,611 |
|||||||
ING OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.76 $11.53 24,538 |
$10.08 $10.76 14,118 |
$10.01 $10.08 12,368 |
|||||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.16 $15.26 1,755 |
$13.02 $13.16 423 |
$12.10 $13.02 440 |
$11.47 $12.10 458 |
$10.00 $11.47 475 | |||||
ING OPPORTUNISTIC LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.94 $15.15 349 |
$13.08 $14.94 0 |
$12.64 $13.08 993 |
|||||||
CFI 41
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING PIMCO CORE BOND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.04 $11.87 10,988 |
$10.84 $11.04 8,892 |
||||||||
ING PIMCO HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.30 $11.46 23,498 |
$10.51 $11.30 10,889 |
$10.42 $10.51 6,583 |
|||||||
ING PIMCO TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.86 $11.72 13,258 |
$10.59 $10.86 5,074 |
$10.51 $10.59 2,634 |
$10.21 $10.51 2,623 |
$10.00 $10.21 2,303 | |||||
ING PIONEER FUND PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.65 $13.11 8,107 |
$11.15 $12.65 5,967 |
| |||||||
ING PIONEER MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during June 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.08 $12.58 35,938 |
$10.90 $12.08 22,205 |
$10.47 $10.90 15,240 |
|||||||
ING SOLUTION 2015 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.66 $12.04 79,827 |
$10.94 $11.66 24,993 |
| |||||||
ING SOLUTION 2025 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.11 $12.50 43,662 |
$11.28 $12.11 20,250 |
| |||||||
ING SOLUTION 2035 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.45 $12.93 58,326 |
$11.44 $12.45 5,667 |
||||||||
ING SOLUTION 2045 PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during July 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.26 $13.35 2,567 |
|||||||||
CFI 42
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING SOLUTION INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during January 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.92 $11.32 19,583 |
|||||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE DIVERSIFIED MID CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.88 $16.58 11,673 |
$13.84 $14.88 3,882 |
$12.87 $13.84 2,387 |
$12.02 $12.87 217 |
$10.00 $12.02 225 | |||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.52 $12.73 47,163 |
$10.66 $12.52 37,470 |
$10.44 $10.66 21,829 |
|||||||
ING T. ROWE PRICE GROWTH EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during February 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.50 $15.68 16,099 |
$13.00 $14.50 12,540 |
$12.44 $13.00 6,578 |
$11.73 $12.44 5,495 |
||||||
ING THORNBURG VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during October 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.44 $15.19 1,155 |
|||||||||
ING UBS U.S. LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.40 $15.33 7,912 |
$13.66 $15.40 6,888 |
$12.70 $13.66 1,241 |
$11.23 $12.70 731 |
$10.00 $11.23 731 | |||||
ING VAN KAMPEN COMSTOCK PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.54 $14.98 15,763 |
$13.60 $15.54 14,718 |
$13.32 $13.60 6,785 |
$12.08 $13.32 1,652 |
| |||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (I CLASS) (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$12.10 $12.36 764 |
$10.88 $12.10 797 |
$10.06 $10.88 830 |
|||||||
CFI 43
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VAN KAMPEN EQUITY AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (S CLASS) (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.74 $15.02 51,925 |
$13.30 $14.74 15,850 |
$12.51 $13.30 707 |
$11.46 $12.51 705 |
$10.00 $11.46 732 | |||||
ING VP BALANCED PORTFOLIO, INC. (Fund first available during November 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.17 $13.68 13,229 |
$12.18 $13.17 4,351 |
$11.87 $12.18 2,548 |
$11.51 $11.87 2,054 |
||||||
ING VP FINANCIAL SERVICES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during September 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$13.39 $11.54 6,783 |
$12.12 $13.39 5,480 |
||||||||
ING VP GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during August 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.70 $15.54 5,501 |
$13.66 $14.70 1,971 |
||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$10.91 $11.64 24,941 |
$10.02 $10.91 3,148 |
||||||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS LARGECAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.59 $15.08 37,141 |
$12.94 $14.59 29,608 |
$12.47 $12.94 15,362 |
$11.47 $12.47 4,711 |
$10.00 $11.47 487 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS MIDCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during November 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.02 $16.63 36,246 |
$14.88 $16.02 30,594 |
$13.61 $14.88 14,911 |
$11.86 $13.61 7,578 |
$10.00 $11.86 2,057 | |||||
ING VP INDEX PLUS SMALLCAP PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during January 2004) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$17.05 $15.73 14,805 |
$15.23 $17.05 11,648 |
$14.38 $15.23 2,836 |
$12.41 $14.38 2,336 |
||||||
ING VP INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$11.09 $11.57 251,998 |
$10.83 $11.09 102,008 |
$10.67 $10.83 17,331 |
$10.34 $10.67 5,720 |
$10.00 $10.34 1,523 | |||||
CFI 44
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
ING VP INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during April 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.00 $21.19 23,621 |
$14.95 $19.00 9,309 |
$13.69 $14.95 3,079 |
|||||||
ING VP MIDCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.73 $18.23 1,693 |
$13.87 $14.73 534 |
$12.36 $13.87 508 |
|||||||
ING VP REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during March 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.47 $12.77 21,545 |
$13.31 $15.47 12,246 |
||||||||
ING VP SMALL COMPANY PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during September 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.55 $17.25 1,731 |
$14.45 $16.55 3,019 |
$13.31 $14.45 3,143 |
$11.83 $13.31 3,281 |
$10.00 $11.83 460 | |||||
ING VP SMALLCAP OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.50 $16.79 636 |
$15.17 $15.50 558 |
||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during February 2007) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$14.41 $14.88 86 |
|||||||||
ING VP STRATEGIC ALLOCATION MODERATE PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2005) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$15.76 $16.37 5,872 |
$14.42 $15.76 3,475 |
$14.13 $14.42 480 |
|||||||
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP FUND®/VA (Funds were first received in this option during September 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$19.12 $18.60 2,892 |
$17.86 $19.12 916 |
||||||||
PIMCO VIT REAL RETURN PORTFOLIO (Funds were first received in this option during November 2006) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$9.95 $10.85 9,512 |
$10.11 $9.95 6,798 |
||||||||
CFI 45
Condensed Financial Information (continued) |
2007 | 2006 | 2005 | 2004 | 2003 | ||||||
PIONEER EQUITY INCOME VCT PORTFOLIO (Fund first available during August 2003) Value at beginning of period Value at end of period Number of accumulation units outstanding at end of period |
$16.27 $16.14 40,514 |
$13.50 $16.27 14,602 |
$12.97 $13.50 5,174 |
$11.33 $12.97 1,888 |
$10.00 $11.33 735 | |||||
CFI 46
APPENDIX B |
The Funds
During the accumulation phase, you may allocate your premium payments and contract value to any of the funds
available under this contract. They are listed in this appendix. You bear the entire investment risk for amounts you
allocate to any fund, and you may lose your principal.
List of Fund Name Changes
Current Fund Name | Former Fund Name |
ING BlackRock Global Science and Technology Portfolio | ING VP Global Science and Technology Portfolio |
ING Davis New York Venture Portfolio | ING Davis Venture Value Portfolio |
ING Opportunistic Large Cap Growth Portfolio | ING VP Growth Portfolio |
ING Opportunistic Large Cap Value Portfolio | ING VP Value Opportunity Portfolio |
The investment results of the mutual funds (funds) are likely to differ significantly and there is no assurance
that any of the funds will achieve their respective investment objectives. You should consider the investment
objectives, risks and charges, and expenses of the funds carefully before investing. Please refer to the fund
prospectuses for additional information. Shares of the funds will rise and fall in value and you could lose money
by investing in the funds. Shares of the funds are not bank deposits and are not guaranteed, endorsed or insured
by any financial institution, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Except
as noted, all funds are diversified, as defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Fund prospectuses
may be obtained free of charge by contacting our Customer Service Center at the address and telephone
number listed on the first page of this contract prospectus, by accessing the SECs website or by contacting the
SEC Public Reference Branch.
Certain funds offered under the contracts have investment objectives and policies similar to other funds
managed by the funds investment adviser. The investment results of a fund may be higher or lower than those
of other funds managed by the same adviser. There is no assurance and no representation is made that the
investment results of any fund will be comparable to those of another fund managed by the same investment
adviser.
For the share class of each fund offered through your contract, please see the cover page.
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio |
Fidelity Management & Research Company Subadvisers: FMR Co., Inc.; Fidelity Research & Analysis Company; Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc.; Fidelity International Investment Advisors; Fidelity International Investment Advisors (U.K.) Limited; Fidelity Investments Japan Limited |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
PRO.70600-08 B1
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Portfolio |
Fidelity Management & Research Company Subadviser: FMR Co., Inc.; Fidelity Research & Analysis Company; Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc.; Fidelity International Investment Advisors; Fidelity International Investment Advisors (U.K.) Limited; Fidelity Investments Japan Limited |
Seeks reasonable income. Also considers the potential for capital appreciation. Seeks to achieve a yield which exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the Standard & Poors 500SM Index (S&P 500® ). |
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust Franklin Small Cap Value Securities Fund |
Franklin Advisory Services, LLC |
Seeks long-term total return. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING American Century Large Company Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: American Century Investment Management, Inc. (American Century) |
Seeks long-term capital growth; income is a secondary objective. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING American Century Small-Mid Cap Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: American Century Investment Management, Inc. (American Century) |
Seeks long-term capital growth; income is a secondary objective. |
ING Investors Trust ING American Funds Bond Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Investment Adviser to the Master Fund: Capital Research Management Company (CRMC) |
Seeks to maximize your level of current income and preserve your capital. |
ING Investors Trust - ING American Funds Growth Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Investment Adviser to Master Funds: Capital Research Management Company |
Seeks to make your investment grow. The Portfolios investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed without a shareholder vote. |
ING Investors Trust - ING American Funds Growth- Income Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Investment Adviser to Master Funds: Capital Research Management Company |
Seeks to make your investment grow and provide you with income over time. |
PRO.70600-08 B2
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Investors Trust - ING American Funds International Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Investment Adviser to Master Funds: Capital Research Management Company |
Seeks to make your investment grow over time. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Baron Small Cap Growth Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: BAMCO, Inc. (BAMCO) |
Seeks capital appreciation. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING BlackRock Global Science and Technology Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: BlackRock Advisors, LLC |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Investors Trust ING BlackRock Large Cap Growth Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: BlackRock Investment Management, LLC |
Seeks long-term growth of capital. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Davis New York Venture Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. (Davis) |
A non-diversified portfolio that seeks long-term growth of capital. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Evergreen Omega Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Evergreen Investment Management Company, LLC |
Seeks long-term capital growth. |
ING Investors Trust ING Franklin Templeton Founding Strategy Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC |
Seeks capital appreciation and secondarily, income. |
ING Variable Insurance Trust ING GET U.S. Core Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. (ING IM) |
Seeks to achieve maximum total return and minimal exposure of the Series assets to a market value loss by participating, to the extent possible, in favorable equity market performance during the guarantee period. |
ING Investors Trust ING Global Real Estate Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Clarion Real Estate Securities L.P. |
A non-diversified Portfolio that seeks high total return, consisting of capital appreciation and current income. |
PRO.70600-08 B3
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Investors Trust ING JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. |
Seeks capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (JPMIM) |
A non-diversified portfolio that seeks growth from capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (ClearBridge) |
Seeks long-term growth of capital. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Legg Mason Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. |
A non-diversified portfolio that seeks long-term growth of capital. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index® Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: Lehman Brothers Asset Management LLC |
Seeks investment results (before fees and expenses) that correspond to the total return of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index® |
ING Investors Trust - ING Liquid Assets Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks high level of current income consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Marsico International Opportunities Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Marsico Capital Management, LLC |
Seeks long-term growth of capital. |
ING Investors Trust - ING MFS Total Return Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Massachusetts Financial Services Company |
Seeks above-average income (compared to a portfolio entirely invested in equity securities) consistent with the prudent employment of capital. Secondarily seeks reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income. |
ING Investors Trust - ING MFS Utilities Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Massachusetts Financial Services Company |
Seeks total return. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING OpCap Balanced Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Oppenheimer Capital LLC (OpCap) |
Seeks capital growth, and secondarily, investment income. |
PRO.70600-08 B4
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Oppenheimer Global Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: OppenheimerFunds, Inc. (Oppenheimer) |
Seeks capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Oppenheimer Strategic Income Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: OppenheimerFunds, Inc. (Oppenheimer) |
Seeks a high level of current income principally derived from interest on debt securities. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING Opportunistic Large Cap Growth Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks growth of capital through investment in a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of common stocks and securities convertible into common stocks believed to offer growth potential. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING Opportunistic Large Cap Value Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks growth of capital primarily through investment in a diversified portfolio of common stocks. |
ING Investors Trust - ING PIMCO Core Bond Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Pacific Investment Management Company LLC |
Seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. |
ING Investors Trust - ING PIMCO High Yield Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Pacific Investment Management Company LLC |
Seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING PIMCO Total Return Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO) |
Seeks maximum total return, consistent with capital preservation and prudent investment management. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Pioneer Fund Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. |
Seeks reasonable income and capital growth. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Pioneer Mid Cap Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. |
Seeks capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Solution Income Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Consultant: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to provide a combination of total return and stability of principal consistent with an asset allocation targeted to retirement. |
PRO.70600-08 B5
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Solution 2015 Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Consultant: ING Investment Management Co. |
Until the day prior to its Target Date, the Portfolio will seek to provide total return consistent with an asset allocation targeted at retirement in approximately 2015. On the Target Date, the investment objective will be to seek to provide a combination of total return and stability of principal consistent with an asset allocation targeted to retirement. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Solution 2025 Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Consultant: ING Investment Management Co. |
Until the day prior to its Target Date, the Portfolio will seek to provide total return consistent with an asset allocation targeted at retirement in approximately 2025. On the Target Date, the investment objective will be to seek to provide a combination of total return and stability of principal consistent with an asset allocation targeted to retirement. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Solution 2035 Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Consultant: ING Investment Management Co. |
Until the day prior to its Target Date, the Portfolio will seek to provide total return consistent with an asset allocation targeted at retirement in approximately 2035. On the Target Date, the investment objective will be to seek to provide a combination of total return and stability of principal consistent with an asset allocation targeted to retirement. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Solution 2045 Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Consultant: ING Investment Management Co. |
Until the day prior to its Target Date, the Portfolio will seek to provide total return consistent with an asset allocation targeted at retirement in approximately 2045. On the Target Date, the investment objective will be to seek to provide a combination of total return and stability of principal consistent with an asset allocation targeted to retirement. |
ING Investors Trust - ING T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. |
Seeks, over the long-term, a high total investment return, consistent with the preservation of capital and prudent investment risk. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING T. Rowe Price Diversified Mid Cap Growth Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Investors Trust - ING T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. |
Seeks substantial dividend income as well as long-term growth of capital. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING T. Rowe Price Growth Equity Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) |
Seeks long-term capital growth, and secondarily, increasing dividend income. |
PRO.70600-08 B6
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Templeton Foreign Equity Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC (Templeton) |
Seeks long-term capital growth. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Thornburg Value Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Thornburg Investment Management (Thornburg) |
Seeks capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING UBS U.S. Large Cap Equity Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc. (UBS Global AM) |
Seeks long-term growth of capital and future income. |
ING Investors Trust - ING Van Kampen Capital Growth Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Van Kampen |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Van Kampen Comstock Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Van Kampen |
Seeks capital growth and income. |
ING Partners, Inc. ING Van Kampen Equity and Income Portfolio |
Directed Services LLC Subadviser: Van Kampen |
Seeks total return, consisting of long-term capital appreciation and current income. |
ING VP Balanced Portfolio, Inc. |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to maximize investment return, consistent with reasonable safety of principal, by investing in a diversified portfolio of one or more of the following asset classes: stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, based on the judgment of the Portfolios management, of which of those sectors or mix thereof offers the best investment prospects. |
ING Variable Products Trust ING VP Financial Services Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Variable Funds ING VP Growth and Income Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to maximize total return through investments in a diversified portfolio of common stocks and securities convertible into common stock. |
ING Investors Trust ING VP Index Plus International Equity Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Advisors, B.V. |
Seeks to outperform the total return performance of the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe Australasia and Far East® Index (MSCI EAFE® Index), while maintaining a market level of risk. |
PRO.70600-08 B7
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Index Plus LargeCap Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to outperform the total return performance of the Standard & Poors 500 Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500 Index), while maintaining a market level of risk. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Index Plus MidCap Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to outperform the total return performance of the Standard & Poors MidCap 400 Index (S&P MidCap 400 Index), while maintaining a market level of risk. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Index Plus SmallCap Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to outperform the total return performance of the Standard and Poors SmallCap 600 Index (S&P SmallCap 600 Index), while maintaining a market level of risk. |
ING VP Intermediate Bond Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to maximize total return consistent with reasonable risk, through investment in a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of debt securities. |
ING Variable Products Trust ING VP International Value Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Variable Products Trust ING VP MidCap Opportunities Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Variable Products Trust ING VP Real Estate Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Clarion Real Estate Securities L.P. |
A non-diversified portfolio that seeks total return. |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Small Company Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks growth of capital primarily through investment in a diversified portfolio of common stocks and securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. |
ING Variable Products Trust ING VP SmallCap Opportunities Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks long-term capital appreciation. |
ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Strategic Allocation Conservative Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to provide total return consistent with preservation of capital. |
PRO.70600-08 B8
Fund Name |
Investment Adviser/ Subadviser |
Investment Objective(s) |
ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Strategic Allocation Growth Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to provide capital appreciation. |
ING Strategic Allocation Portfolios, Inc. ING VP Strategic Allocation Moderate Portfolio |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks to provide total return (i.e., income and capital appreciation, both realized and unrealized). |
ING Variable Portfolios, Inc. ING WisdomTreeSM Global High-Yielding Equity Index Portfolio* *WisdomTreeSM is a servicemark of WisdomTree Investments |
ING Investments, LLC Subadviser: ING Investment Management Co. |
Seeks investment returns that closely correspond to the price and yield performance, before fees and expenses, of the WisdomTreeSM Global High-Yielding Equity Index (Index). |
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund® /VA |
OppenheimerFunds, Inc. | Seeks capital appreciation. |
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust Real Return Portfolio |
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO) |
Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management. |
Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust Pioneer Equity Income VCT Portfolio |
Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. |
Seeks current income and long-term growth of capital from a portfolio consisting primarily of income producing equity securities of U.S. corporations. |
PRO.70600-08 B9
APPENDIX C &nbs p; |
Fixed Account II
Fixed Account II (Fixed Account) is an optional fixed interest allocation offered during the accumulation phase of
your variable annuity contract between you and ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company (ING USA, the
Company, we or our). The Fixed Account, which is a segregated asset account of ING USA, provides a means for
you to invest on a tax-deferred basis and earn a guaranteed interest for guaranteed interest periods (Fixed Interest
Allocation(s)). We will credit your Fixed Interest Allocation(s) with a fixed rate of interest. We currently offer Fixed
Interest Allocations with guaranteed interest periods of 5, 7 and 10 years. In addition, we may offer DCA Fixed Interest
Allocations, which are 6-month and 1-year Fixed Interest Allocations available exclusively in connection with our dollar
cost averaging program. We may offer additional guaranteed interest periods in some or all states, may not offer all
guaranteed interest periods on all contracts or in all states and the rates for a given guaranteed interest period may vary
among contracts. We set the interest rates periodically. We may credit a different interest rate for each interest period.
The interest you earn in the Fixed Account as well as your principal is guaranteed by ING USA, as long as you do not
take your money out before the maturity date for the applicable interest period. If you take your money out from a Fixed
Interest Allocation more than 30 days before the applicable maturity date, we will apply a market value adjustment
(Market Value Adjustment). A Market Value Adjustment could increase or decrease your contract value and/or the
amount you take out. A surrender charge may also apply to withdrawals from your contract. You bear the risk that you
may receive less than your principal because of the Market Value Adjustment.
For contracts sold in some states, not all Fixed Interest Allocations are available. You have a right to return a contract for
a refund as described in the prospectus. To obtain a copy of the Fixed Account II prospectus, please write or call us at the
address and phone number listed on the front page of the prospectus.
The Fixed Account
You may allocate premium payments and transfer your contract value to the guaranteed interest periods of the Fixed
Account during the accumulation period as described in the prospectus. Every time you allocate money to the Fixed
Account, we set up a Fixed Interest Allocation for the guaranteed interest period you select. We will credit your Fixed
Interest Allocation with a guaranteed interest rate for the interest period you select, so long as you do not withdraw
money from that Fixed Interest Allocation before the end of the guaranteed interest period. Each guaranteed interest
period ends on its maturity date which is the last day of the month in which the interest period is scheduled to expire.
Your contract value in the Fixed Account is the sum of your Fixed Interest Allocations and the interest credited as
adjusted for any withdrawals, transfers or other charges we may impose, including any Market Value Adjustment. Your
Fixed Interest Allocation will be credited with the guaranteed interest rate in effect for the guaranteed interest period you
selected when we receive and accept your premium or reallocation of contract value. We will credit interest daily at a
rate that yields the quoted guaranteed interest rate.
If you surrender, withdraw, transfer or annuitize your investment in a Fixed Interest Allocation more than 30 days before
the end of the guaranteed interest period, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the transaction. A Market Value
Adjustment could increase or decrease the amount you surrender, withdraw, transfer or annuitize, depending on current
interest rates at the time of the transaction. You bear the risk that you may receive less than your principal because of the
Market Value Adjustment.
Guaranteed Interest Rates
Each Fixed Interest Allocation will have an interest rate that is guaranteed as long as you do not take your money out
until its maturity date. We do not have a specific formula for establishing the guaranteed interest rates for the different
guaranteed interest periods. We determine guaranteed interest rates at our sole discretion. We cannot predict the level of
future interest rates. For more information see the prospectus for the Fixed Account.
Transfers from a Fixed Interest Allocation
You may transfer your contract value in a Fixed Interest Allocation to one or more new Fixed Interest Allocations with
new guaranteed interest periods, or to any of the subaccounts of ING USAs Separate Account B as described in the
prospectus on the maturity date of a guaranteed interest period. The minimum amount that you can transfer to or from
any Fixed Interest Allocation is $100. Transfers from a Fixed Interest Allocation may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. If you have a special Fixed Interest Allocation that was offered exclusively with our dollar cost averaging
program, canceling dollar cost averaging will cause a transfer of the entire contract value in such Fixed Interest Allocation
to the ING Liquid Assets Portfolio subaccount, and such a transfer will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
Withdrawals from a Fixed Interest Allocation
During the accumulation phase, you may withdraw a portion of your contract value in any Fixed Interest Allocation. You
may make systematic withdrawals of only the interest earned during the prior month, quarter or year, depending on the
frequency chosen, from a Fixed Interest Allocation under our systematic withdrawal option. A withdrawal from a Fixed
Interest Allocation may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment and a contract surrender charge. Be aware that
withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences, including a 10% penalty tax, as well as state income tax
consequences.
Market Value Adjustment
A Market Value Adjustment may decrease, increase or have no effect on your contract value. We will apply a Market
Value Adjustment (i) whenever you withdraw or transfer money from a Fixed Interest Allocation (unless made within 30
days before the maturity date of the applicable guaranteed interest period, or under the systematic withdrawal or dollar
cost averaging program) and (ii) if on the income phase payment start date a guaranteed interest period for any Fixed
Interest Allocation does not end on or within 30 days of the income phase payment start date.
A Market Value Adjustment may be positive, negative or result in no change. In general, if interest rates are rising, you
bear the risk that any Market Value Adjustment will likely be negative and reduce your contract value. On the other hand,
if interest rates are falling, it is more likely that you will receive a positive Market Value Adjustment that increases your
contract value. In the event of a full surrender, transfer or annuitization from a Fixed Interest Allocation, we will add or
subtract any Market Value Adjustment from the amount surrendered, transferred or annuitized. In the event of a partial
withdrawal, transfer or annuitization, we will add or subtract any Market Value Adjustment from the total amount
withdrawn, transferred or annuitized in order to provide the amount requested. If a negative Market Value Adjustment
exceeds your contract value in the Fixed Interest Allocation, we will consider your request to be a full surrender, transfer
or annuitization of the Fixed Interest Allocation.
Contract Value in the Fixed Interest Allocations
On the contract date, the contract value in any Fixed Interest Allocation in which you are invested is equal to the portion
of the initial premium paid and designated for allocation to the Fixed Interest Allocation. On each business day after the
contract date, we calculate the amount of contract value in each Fixed Interest Allocation as follows:
1) | We take the contract value in the Fixed Interest Allocation at the end of the preceding business day; |
2) | We credit a daily rate of interest on 1) at the guaranteed rate since the preceding business day; |
3) | We add 1) and 2); |
4) | We subtract from 3) any transfers from that Fixed Interest Allocation; and |
5) | We subtract from 4) any withdrawals, and then subtract any contract fees (including any rider charges) and premium taxes. |
Additional premium payments and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account will be placed in a new Fixed Interest
Allocation. The contract value on the date of allocation will be the amount allocated. Several examples which illustrate
how the Market Value Adjustment works are included in the prospectus for Fixed Account II.
Cash Surrender Value
The cash surrender value is the amount you receive when you surrender the contract. The cash surrender value of amounts
allocated to the Fixed Account will fluctuate daily based on the interest credited to Fixed Interest Allocations, any Market
Value Adjustment, and any surrender charge. We do not guarantee any minimum cash surrender value. On any date
during the accumulation phase, we calculate the cash surrender value as follows: we start with your contract value, then
we adjust for any Market Value Adjustment, and then we deduct any surrender charge, any charge for premium taxes, the
annual contract administrative fee (unless waived), and any optional benefit rider charge, and any other charges incurred
but not yet deducted.
PRO.70600-08 C2
Dollar Cost Averaging from Fixed Interest Allocations
You may elect to participate in our dollar cost averaging program if you have at least $1,200 of contract value in Fixed
Account Interest Allocations with a guaranteed interest period of 1 year or less. The Fixed Interest Allocations serve as
the source accounts from which we will, on a monthly basis, automatically transfer a set dollar amount of money to other
Fixed Interest Allocations or funds selected by you.
The dollar cost averaging program is designed to lessen the impact of market fluctuation on your investment. Since we
transfer the same dollar amount to subaccounts each month, more units of a subaccount are purchased if the value of
its unit is low and fewer units are purchased if the value of its unit is high. Therefore, a lower than average value per
unit may be achieved over the long term. However, we cannot guarantee this. When you elect the dollar cost averaging
program, you are continuously investing in securities regardless of fluctuating price levels. You should consider your
tolerance for investing through periods of fluctuating price levels. You elect the dollar amount you want transferred
under this program. Each monthly transfer must be at least $100. You may change the transfer amount once each
contract year.
Transfers from a Fixed Interest Allocation under the dollar cost averaging program are not subject to a Market Value
Adjustment.
We may in the future offer additional subaccounts or withdraw any subaccount or Fixed Interest Allocation to or from
the dollar cost averaging program or otherwise modify, suspend or terminate this program. Of course, such changes
will not affect any dollar cost averaging programs in operation at the time.
Suspension of Payments
We have the right to delay payment of amounts from a Fixed Interest Allocation for up to 6 months.
More Information
See the prospectus for Fixed Account II.
PRO.70600-08 C3
APPENDIX D   ; |
Fixed Interest Division
A Fixed Interest Division option is available through the group and individual deferred variable annuity contracts
offered by ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company. The Fixed Interest Division is part of the ING USA
General Account. Interests in the Fixed Interest Division have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
and neither the Fixed Interest Division nor the General Account are registered under the Investment Company Act of
1940.
Interests in the Fixed Interest Division are offered in certain states through an Offering Brochure, dated
April 28, 2008. The Fixed Interest Division is different from the Fixed Account which is described in the prospectus
but which is not available in your state. If you are unsure whether the Fixed Account is available in your state, please
contact our Customer Service Center at 1-800-366-0066. When reading through the Prospectus, the Fixed Interest
Division should be counted among the various investment options available for the allocation of your premiums, in
lieu of the Fixed Account. The Fixed Interest Division may not be available in some states. Some restrictions may
apply.
You will find more complete information relating to the Fixed Interest Division in the Offering Brochure. Please read
the Offering Brochure carefully before you invest in the Fixed Interest Division.
PRO.70600-08 D1
APPENDIX E &nbs p; |
Surrender Charge for Excess Withdrawals Example
The following assumes you made an initial premium payment of $25,000 and additional premium payments of
$25,000 in each of the second and third contract years, for total premium payments under the contract of $75,000. It
also assumes a withdrawal at the beginning of the fifth contract year of 30% of the contract value of $90,000.
In this example, $9,000 (10% of $90,000) is maximum free withdrawal amount that you may withdraw during the
contract year without a surrender charge. The total amount withdrawn from the contract would be $27,000 ($90,000 x
.30). Therefore, $18,000 ($27,000 - $9,000) is considered an excess withdrawal and would be subject to a 3%
surrender charge of $540 ($18,000 x .03). This example does not take into account any Market Value Adjustment or
deduction of any premium taxes.
PRO.70600-08 E1
APPENDIX F &nbs p; |
Pro-Rata Withdrawal Adjustment for 5% Roll-Up Death Benefit Examples
Example #1: The Contract Value (AV) is Lower than the Death Benefit
Assume a premium payment of $100,000, AV at the time of withdrawal of $80,000 and a 5% Roll-Up
minimum guarantee death benefit (MGDB) at the time of withdrawal of $120,000. A total withdrawal of $20,000 is
made.
Calculate the Effect of the Withdrawal
Pro-rata Withdrawal Adjustment to MGDB = $30,000 ($120,000 * ($20,000 / $80,000))
MGDB after Pro-rata Withdrawal = $90,000 ($120,000 - $30,000)
AV after Withdrawal = $60,000 ($80,000 - $20,000)
Example #2: The Contract Value (AV) is Greater than the Death Benefit
Assume a premium payment of $100,000, AV at the time of withdrawal of $160,000 and a 5% Roll-Up
minimum guarantee death benefit (MGDB) at the time of withdrawal of $120,000. A total withdrawal of $20,000 is
made.
Calculate the Effect of the Withdrawal
Pro-rata Withdrawal Adjustment to MGDB = $15,000 ($120,000 * ($20,000 / $160,000))
MGDB after Pro-rata Withdrawal = $105,000 ($120,000 - $15,000)
AV after Withdrawal = $140,000 ($160,000 - $20,000)
Example #3: The Contract Value (AV) is Equal to the Death Benefit
Assume a premium payment of $100,000, AV at the time of withdrawal of $120,000 and a 5% Roll-Up
minimum guarantee death benefit (MGDB) at the time of withdrawal of $120,000. A total withdrawal of $20,000 is
made.
Calculate the Effect of the Withdrawal
Pro-rata Withdrawal Adjustment to MGDB = $20,000 ($120,000 * ($20,000 / $120,000))
MGDB after Pro-rata Withdrawal = $100,000 ($120,000 - $20,000)
AV after Pro-rata Withdrawal = $100,000 ($120,000 - $20,000)
PRO.70600-08 F1
APPENDIX G &nbs p; |
Special Funds 5% Roll-up Death Benefit Examples
MGDB* if 50% invested in Special Funds |
MGDB* if 0% invested in Special Funds |
MGDB* if 100% invested in Special Funds | |||||||||||
end of yr | Covered | Special | Total | end of yr | Covered | Special | Total | end of yr | Covered | Special | Total | ||
0 | 500 | 500 | 1,000 | 0 | 1,000 | - | 1,000 | 0 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
1 | 525 | 500 | 1,025 | 1 | 1,050 | - | 1,050 | 1 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
2 | 551 | 500 | 1,051 | 2 | 1,103 | - | 1,103 | 2 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
3 | 579 | 500 | 1,079 | 3 | 1,158 | - | 1,158 | 3 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
4 | 608 | 500 | 1,108 | 4 | 1,216 | - | 1,216 | 4 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
5 | 638 | 500 | 1,138 | 5 | 1,276 | - | 1,276 | 5 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
6 | 670 | 500 | 1,170 | 6 | 1,340 | - | 1,340 | 6 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
7 | 704 | 500 | 1,204 | 7 | 1,407 | - | 1,407 | 7 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
8 | 739 | 500 | 1,239 | 8 | 1,477 | - | 1,477 | 8 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
9 | 776 | 500 | 1,276 | 9 | 1,551 | - | 1,551 | 9 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
10 | 814 | 500 | 1,314 | 10 | 1,629 | - | 1,629 | 10 | 0 | 1000 | 1000 | ||
MGDB* if transferred to Special Funds |
MGDB* if transferred to Covered Funds |
||||||||||||
at the beginning of year 6 | at the beginning of year 6 | ||||||||||||
end of yr | Covered | Special | Total | end of yr | Covered | Special | Total | ||||||
0 | 1,000 | - | 1,000 | 0 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
1 | 1,050 | - | 1,050 | 1 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
2 | 1,103 | - | 1,103 | 2 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
3 | 1,158 | - | 1,158 | 3 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
4 | 1,216 | - | 1,216 | 4 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
5 | 1,276 | - | 1,276 | 5 | - | 1,000 | 1,000 | ||||||
6 | - | 1,276 | 1,276 | 6 | 1,050 | - | 1,050 | ||||||
7 | - | 1,276 | 1,276 | 7 | 1,103 | - | 1,103 | ||||||
8 | - | 1,276 | 1,276 | 8 | 1,158 | - | 1,158 | ||||||
9 | - | 1,276 | 1,276 | 9 | 1,216 | - | 1,216 | ||||||
10 | - | 1,276 | 1,276 | 10 | 1,276 | - | 1,276 | ||||||
PRO.70600-08 G1
APPENDIX H  
;
Examples of Minimum Guaranteed Income Benefit Calculation | ||||||
Example 1 | ||||||
Age |
|
Contract without the MGIB Rider |
|
Contract with the MGIB Rider | ||
55 | Initial Value | $100,000 | $100,000 | |||
Accumulation Rate | 0.0% | 0.00% | ||||
Rider Charge | 0.0% | 0.60% | ||||
65 |
Contract Value | $100,000 | $92,219 | |||
Contract Annuity Factor | 4.71 | 4.71 | ||||
Monthly Income | $471.00 | $434.35 | ||||
MGIB Rollup | n/a | $162,889 | ||||
MGIB Ratchet | n/a | $100,000 | ||||
MGIB Annuity Factor | n/a | 4.43 | ||||
MGIB Income | n/a | $721.60 | ||||
Income | $471.00 | $721.60 | ||||
Example 2 |
||||||
Age |
Contract without the MGIB Rider |
Contract with the MGIB Rider | ||||
55 | Initial Value | $100,000 | $100,000 | |||
Accumulation Rate | 3.0% | 3.0% | ||||
Rider Charge | 0.0% | 0.60% | ||||
65 |
Contract Value | $134,392 | $125,479 | |||
Contract Annuity Factor | 4.71 | 4.71 | ||||
Monthly Income | $632.98 | $591.01 | ||||
MGIB Rollup | n/a | $162,889 | ||||
MGIB Ratchet | n/a | $125,479 | ||||
MGIB Annuity Factor | n/a | 4.43 | ||||
MGIB Income | n/a | $721.60 | ||||
Income | $632.98 | $721.60 | ||||
Example 3 |
||||||
Age |
Contract without the MGIB Rider |
Contract with the MGIB Rider | ||||
55 |
Initial Value | $100,000 | $100,000 | |||
Accumulation Rate | 8.0% | 8.0% | ||||
Rider Charge | 0.0% | 0.60% | ||||
65 |
Contract Value | $215,892 | $203,808 | |||
Contract Annuity Factor | 4.71 | 4.71 | ||||
Monthly Income | $1,016.85 | $959.93 | ||||
MGIB Rollup | n/a | $162,889 | ||||
MGIB Ratchet | n/a | $203,808 | ||||
MGIB Annuity Factor | n/a | 4.43 | ||||
MGIB Income | n/a | $902.87 | ||||
Income | $1,016.85 | $959.93 |
The Accumulation Rates shown are hypothetical and intended to illustrate various market conditions. These rates
are assumed to be net of all fees and charges. Fees and charges are not assessed against the MGIB Rollup Rate.
PRO.70600-08 H1
APPENDIX I &nbs p; |
ING LifePay Plus and ING Joint LifePay Plus Partial Withdrawal Amount Examples
(For riders issued on or after April 28, 2008, subject to state approval)
The following examples show the adjustment to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for a withdrawal before the
Lifetime Withdrawal Phase has begun.
Illustration 1: Adjustment to the ING LifePay Plus Base for a withdrawal taken prior to the Lifetime
Withdrawal Phase.
Assume the Annuitant is age 55 and the first withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,000 net, with $0 of
surrender charges. Because the ING LifePay Plus Rider is not yet eligible to enter the Lifetime Withdrawal Phase,
there is no Maximum Annual Withdrawal and the entire withdrawal is considered excess.
If the ING LifePay Plus Base and contract value before the withdrawal are $100,000 and $90,000, respectively, then
the ING LifePay Plus Base will be reduced by 3.33% ($3,000 / $90,000) to $96,667 ((1 3.33%) * $100,000).
Any additional withdrawals taken prior to the Annuitant reaching age 59½ will also result in an immediate pro-rata
reduction to the ING LifePay Plus Base.
The following are examples of adjustments to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for withdrawals in excess of
the Maximum Annual Withdrawal:
Illustration 2: Adjustment to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for a withdrawal in excess of the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
Assume the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000.
The first withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,000 net, with no surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded because total net withdrawals, $4,500, do not exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal,
$5,000.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. Because total net
withdrawals taken, $6,000, exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $5,000, there is an adjustment to the Maximum
Annual Withdrawal. However, because only $4,500 in gross withdrawals was taken during the contract year prior to
this withdrawal, $500 of the $1,500 gross withdrawal is not considered excess.
Total gross withdrawals during the contract year are $6,000 ($3,000 + $1,500 + $1,500). The adjustment is the lesser
of the amount by which the total gross withdrawals for the year exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000, and
the amount of the current gross withdrawal, $1,500.
If the contract value before this withdrawal is $50,000, and the contract value is $49,500 after the part of the gross
withdrawal that was within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $500, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is
reduced by 2.02% ($1,000 / $49,500) to $4,899 ((1 - 2.02%) * $5,000).
Illustration 3: A withdrawal exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount but does not exceed the
Additional Withdrawal Amount.
Assume the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000. The Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar
year applicable to this contract is determined to be $6,000. The Additional Withdrawal Amount is set equal to the
excess of this amount above the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000 ($6,000 - $5,000).
PRO.70600-08 I1
The first withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,000 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded because total net withdrawals, $4,500, do not exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal,
$5,000.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. Total net withdrawals
taken, $6,000, exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $5,000, however, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is not
adjusted until the Additional Withdrawal Amount is exhausted. The amount by which total net withdrawals taken
exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000 ($6,000 - $5,000), is the same as the Additional Withdrawal
Amount, so no adjustment to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is made. If total net withdrawals taken had exceeded
the sum of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal and the Additional Withdrawal Amount, then an adjustment would be
made to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
Illustration 4: The Additional Withdrawal Amount at the end of the calendar year before it is withdrawn.
Assume the most recent contract date was July 1, 2008 and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000. Also assume
RMDs, applicable to this contract, are $6,000 and $5,000 for 2008 and 2009 calendar years respectively.
Between July 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008, a withdrawal of $5,000 is taken which exhausts the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal.
On January 1, 2009, the Additional Withdrawal Amount is set equal to the excess of the 2009 RMD above the existing
Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000 ($6,000 - $5,000). Note that while the Maximum Annual Withdrawal has been
exhausted, it is still used to calculate the Additional Withdrawal Amount.
The owner now has until December 31, 2010 to take the newly calculated Additional Withdrawal Amount of $1,000.
The owner decides not to take the Additional Withdrawal Amount of $1,000 in 2009.
On January 1, 2010, the Additional Withdrawal Amount is set equal to the excess of the 2010 RMD above the existing
Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $0 ($5,000 - $5,000). Note that the Additional Withdrawal Amount of $1,000 from the
2008 calendar year carries over into the 2010 calendar year and is available for withdrawal.
Illustration 5: A withdrawal exceeds the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount and the Additional
Withdrawal Amount.
Assume the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000. The Required Minimum Distribution for the current calendar
year applicable to this contract is determined to be $6,000. The Additional Withdrawal Amount is set equal to the
excess of this amount above the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000 ($6,000 - $5,000).
The first withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,000 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded because total net withdrawals, $4,500, do not exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal,
$5,000.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. Total net withdrawals
taken, $8,000, exceed the sum of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal and the Additional Withdrawal Amount, $6,000,
and there is an adjustment to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
Total gross withdrawals during the contract year are $8,000 ($3,000 + $1,500 + $3,500). The adjustment is the lesser
of the amount by which the total gross withdrawals for the year exceed the sum of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal
and the Additional Withdrawal Amount ($8,000 - $6,000 = $2,000), and the amount of the current gross withdrawal
($3,500).
If the contract value before this withdrawal is $50,000, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is reduced by 4.00%
($2,000 / $50,000) to $4,800 ((1 - 4.00%) * $5,000).
PRO.70600-08 I2
Illustration 6: Adjustment to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for a withdrawal in excess of the
Maximum Annual Withdrawal.
Assume the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is $5,000.
The first withdrawal taken during the contract year is $3,000 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. The Maximum Annual
Withdrawal is not exceeded because total net withdrawals, $4,500, do not exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal,
$5,000.
The next withdrawal taken during the contract year is $1,500 net, with $0 of surrender charges. Because total net
withdrawals taken, $6,000, exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $5,000, there is an adjustment to the Maximum
Annual Withdrawal. However, because only $4,500 in gross withdrawals was taken during the contract year prior to
this withdrawal, $500 of the $1,500 gross withdrawal is not considered excess.
Total gross withdrawals during the contract year are $6,000 ($3,000 + $1,500 + $1,500). The adjustment is the lesser
of the amount by which the total gross withdrawals for the year exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $1,000, and
the amount of the current gross withdrawal, $1,500.
If the contract value after the part of the gross withdrawal that was within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal, $500, is
$49,500, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is reduced by 2.02% ($1,000 / $49,500) to $4,899 ((1 - 2.02%) *
$5,000).
Another withdrawal is taken during that same contract year in the amount of $400 net, with $100 of surrender charges.
Total gross withdrawals during the contract year are $6,500 ($3,000 + $1,500 + $1,500 + $500). The adjustment to the
MAW is the lesser of the amount by which the total gross withdrawals for the year exceed the Maximum Annual
Withdrawal, $1,500, and the amount of the current gross withdrawal, $500.
If the contract value before this withdrawal is $48,500, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal is reduced by 1.03%
($500 / $48,500) to $4,849 ((1 1.03%) * $4,899).
PRO.70600-08 I3
APPENDIX J |
Examples of Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing
The following examples are designed to assist you in understanding how Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic
Rebalancing works. The examples assume that there are no investment earnings or losses.
I. | Subsequent Payments |
A. | Assume that on Day 1, an owner deposits an initial payment of $100,000, which is allocated 100% to Accepted |
Funds. No Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing would occur, because this allocation meets the required investment option allocation. |
B. Assume that on Day 2, the owner deposits an additional payment of $500,000, bringing the total contract value to
$600,000, and allocates this deposit 100% to Other Funds. Because the percentage allocated to the Fixed Allocation
Funds (0%) is less than 20% of the total amount allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds and the Other Funds, we will
automatically reallocate $100,000 from the amount allocated to the Other Funds (20% of the $500,000 allocated to the
Other Funds) to the Fixed Allocation Funds. Your ending allocations will be $100,000 to Accepted Funds, $100,000 to
the Fixed Allocation Funds, and $400,000 to Other Funds.
II. | Partial Withdrawals |
A. | Assume that on Day 1, an owner deposits an initial payment of $100,000, which is allocated 75% to Accepted |
Funds ($70,000), 20% to the Fixed Allocation Funds ($20,000), and 5% to Other Funds ($5,000). No Fixed Allocation Funds Automatic Rebalancing would occur, because this allocation meets the required investment option allocation. |
B. Assume that on Day 2, the owner requests a partial withdrawal of $19,000 from the Fixed Allocation Funds.
Because the remaining amount allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds ($1,000) is less than 20% of the total amount
allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds and the Other Funds, we will automatically reallocate $200 from the Other
Funds to the Fixed Allocation Funds, so that the amount allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds ($1,200) is 20% of the
total amount allocated to the Fixed Allocation Funds and Other Funds ($6,000).
PRO.70600-08 J1